Initial revision
This commit is contained in:
commit
26d433260d
|
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||||
|
Bart
|
||||||
|
email: gparted@users.sourceforge.net
|
||||||
|
IRC : irc.gnome.org #gparted
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
|
||||||
|
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||||
|
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||||
|
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||||
|
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Preamble
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||||
|
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||||
|
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||||
|
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||||
|
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||||
|
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||||
|
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||||
|
your programs, too.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||||
|
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||||
|
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||||
|
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||||
|
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||||
|
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||||
|
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||||
|
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||||
|
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||||
|
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||||
|
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||||
|
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||||
|
rights.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||||
|
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||||
|
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||||
|
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||||
|
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||||
|
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||||
|
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||||
|
authors' reputations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||||
|
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||||
|
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||||
|
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||||
|
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||||
|
modification follow.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||||
|
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||||
|
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||||
|
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||||
|
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||||
|
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||||
|
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||||
|
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||||
|
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||||
|
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||||
|
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||||
|
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||||
|
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||||
|
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||||
|
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||||
|
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||||
|
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||||
|
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||||
|
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||||
|
along with the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||||
|
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||||
|
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||||
|
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||||
|
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||||
|
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||||
|
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||||
|
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||||
|
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||||
|
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||||
|
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||||
|
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||||
|
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||||
|
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||||
|
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||||
|
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||||
|
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||||
|
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||||
|
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||||
|
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||||
|
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||||
|
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||||
|
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||||
|
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||||
|
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||||
|
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||||
|
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||||
|
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||||
|
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||||
|
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||||
|
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||||
|
the scope of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||||
|
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||||
|
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||||
|
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||||
|
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||||
|
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||||
|
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||||
|
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||||
|
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||||
|
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||||
|
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||||
|
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||||
|
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||||
|
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||||
|
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||||
|
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||||
|
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||||
|
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||||
|
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||||
|
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||||
|
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||||
|
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||||
|
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||||
|
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||||
|
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||||
|
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||||
|
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||||
|
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||||
|
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||||
|
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||||
|
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||||
|
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||||
|
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||||
|
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||||
|
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||||
|
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||||
|
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||||
|
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||||
|
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||||
|
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||||
|
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||||
|
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||||
|
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||||
|
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||||
|
this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||||
|
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||||
|
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||||
|
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||||
|
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||||
|
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||||
|
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||||
|
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||||
|
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||||
|
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||||
|
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||||
|
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||||
|
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||||
|
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||||
|
circumstances.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||||
|
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||||
|
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||||
|
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||||
|
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||||
|
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||||
|
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||||
|
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||||
|
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||||
|
impose that choice.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||||
|
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||||
|
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||||
|
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||||
|
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||||
|
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||||
|
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||||
|
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||||
|
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||||
|
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||||
|
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||||
|
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||||
|
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||||
|
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||||
|
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||||
|
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||||
|
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||||
|
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||||
|
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||||
|
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||||
|
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||||
|
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
NO WARRANTY
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||||
|
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||||
|
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||||
|
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||||
|
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||||
|
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||||
|
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||||
|
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||||
|
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||||
|
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||||
|
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||||
|
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||||
|
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||||
|
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||||
|
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||||
|
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||||
|
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||||
|
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||||
|
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||||
|
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||||
|
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||||
|
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||||
|
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
|
||||||
|
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||||
|
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||||
|
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||||
|
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||||
|
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||||
|
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||||
|
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||||
|
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||||
|
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||||
|
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||||
|
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||||
|
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||||
|
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||||
|
Public License instead of this License.
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
**changes**
|
||||||
|
- replaced some 'dunglish' terms with more decent english. (Thanks to Tino Meinen)
|
||||||
|
- cleaned up autoconf stuff a bit
|
||||||
|
- gparted now gets installed in the sbin/ instead of bin/ (1023181)
|
||||||
|
- maximum amount of primary partition isn't static anymore, it gets asked from the partition table.
|
||||||
|
- lots of internal code cleanups. this improved performance and stability.
|
||||||
|
- doubleclick now invokes infodialog
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
**fixes**
|
||||||
|
- sometimes creating new fat filesystems in very small spaces resulted in errors. fixed.
|
||||||
|
- use copies from buildfiles instead of symlinks to them. (Thanks to Kristof Vansant)
|
||||||
|
- when performing operations on just copied partitions, there was a chance the operation would be executed on another partition. fixed.
|
||||||
|
- fixed a rare bug that caused incorrect partitiontable display after an operation went wrong.
|
||||||
|
- some errormessages were not entirely threadsafe, fixed (hopefully :P )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GParted-0.0.4 04 Sep 2004 :
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- fixed another bug with hotpluggable stuff (usbdevices etc...)
|
||||||
|
- fixed "random" chrasher while performing actions on a device with a mounted partition.
|
||||||
|
- better alignment of information in deviceinfo and partitioninfo. (there were some problems with certain fonts)
|
||||||
|
- changed checking for filesystemlimits in new partition dialog a bit.
|
||||||
|
- fixed small bug in new partition dialog which made it possible to add fat16 partition > 1023MB
|
||||||
|
- time left in progressbar shows now minutes and seconds
|
||||||
|
- implemented copy'n paste functionality
|
||||||
|
- fixed small bug with resizer
|
||||||
|
- internal code cleanups, gained some performance
|
||||||
|
- made the operationtitles a bit more informative
|
||||||
|
- fixed bug with converting non-existent (new) partitions
|
||||||
|
- implemented new operationslist
|
||||||
|
- lots of small stuff
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
-------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GParted-0.0.3 26 Aug 2004 :
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- and as always, lots of small fixed/changes..
|
||||||
|
- fixed bug with resizing extended partition
|
||||||
|
- fixed bug which occasionally occurred when deleting filesystems with errors on them
|
||||||
|
- fixed small bug with deleting new logical partitions while a partition with a higher number is mounted
|
||||||
|
- added read-only support for partition flags (e.g. lba, boot, etc...)
|
||||||
|
- implemented conversion between filesystems. (no big deal, all data is destroyed in the process)
|
||||||
|
- compiling/running tested on 64bits arch, went perfectly :)
|
||||||
|
- fixed another small bug with re-reading devices (optionmenu wasn't updated)
|
||||||
|
- Early check for errors on filesystem. Disable appropiate actions and explain in Info
|
||||||
|
- When a device can't be read it isn't listed anymore.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
------------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GParted-0.0.2 18 Aug 2004 :
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- new create dialog
|
||||||
|
- far more compliant with HIG
|
||||||
|
- unallocated space now visible in treeview
|
||||||
|
- fixed bug with re-reading devices (segfault)
|
||||||
|
- fixed bug with new extended (segfault)
|
||||||
|
- a couple of other small things, fixes and improvements
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
---------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GParted-0.0.1 12 Aug 2004 :
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
***FIRST RELEASE!
|
||||||
|
- Create (ext2, linux-swap, fat16, fat32)
|
||||||
|
- resize (ext2, ext3, linux-swap, fat16, fat32 )
|
||||||
|
- move (linux-swap, fat16, fat32)
|
||||||
|
- Full operationslist with undo
|
||||||
|
- much more little stuff
|
||||||
|
- basicly working, but not tested very well
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
|
||||||
|
Basic Installation
|
||||||
|
==================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
These are generic installation instructions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
|
||||||
|
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
|
||||||
|
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
|
||||||
|
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
|
||||||
|
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
|
||||||
|
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
|
||||||
|
`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
|
||||||
|
reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
|
||||||
|
(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
|
||||||
|
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
|
||||||
|
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
|
||||||
|
be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache'
|
||||||
|
contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
|
||||||
|
called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
|
||||||
|
it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The simplest way to compile this package is:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
|
||||||
|
`./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
|
||||||
|
using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
|
||||||
|
`sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
|
||||||
|
`configure' itself.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
|
||||||
|
messages telling which features it is checking for.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
|
||||||
|
the package.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
|
||||||
|
documentation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
|
||||||
|
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
|
||||||
|
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
|
||||||
|
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
|
||||||
|
also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
|
||||||
|
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
|
||||||
|
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
|
||||||
|
with the distribution.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Compilers and Options
|
||||||
|
=====================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
|
||||||
|
the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure'
|
||||||
|
initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using
|
||||||
|
a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
|
||||||
|
this:
|
||||||
|
CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
|
||||||
|
env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
|
||||||
|
====================================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
|
||||||
|
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
|
||||||
|
own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
|
||||||
|
supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
|
||||||
|
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
|
||||||
|
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
|
||||||
|
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
|
||||||
|
variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
|
||||||
|
in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for
|
||||||
|
one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
|
||||||
|
architecture.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Installation Names
|
||||||
|
==================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
|
||||||
|
`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
|
||||||
|
installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
|
||||||
|
option `--prefix=PATH'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
|
||||||
|
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
|
||||||
|
give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
|
||||||
|
PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
|
||||||
|
Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
|
||||||
|
options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
|
||||||
|
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
|
||||||
|
you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
|
||||||
|
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
|
||||||
|
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Optional Features
|
||||||
|
=================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
|
||||||
|
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
|
||||||
|
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
|
||||||
|
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
|
||||||
|
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
|
||||||
|
package recognizes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
|
||||||
|
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
|
||||||
|
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
|
||||||
|
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Specifying the System Type
|
||||||
|
==========================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
|
||||||
|
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
|
||||||
|
will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
|
||||||
|
a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
|
||||||
|
`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
|
||||||
|
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
|
||||||
|
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
|
||||||
|
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
|
||||||
|
need to know the host type.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
|
||||||
|
use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
|
||||||
|
produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
|
||||||
|
system on which you are compiling the package.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Sharing Defaults
|
||||||
|
================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
|
||||||
|
you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
|
||||||
|
default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
|
||||||
|
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
|
||||||
|
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
|
||||||
|
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
|
||||||
|
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Operation Controls
|
||||||
|
==================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
|
||||||
|
operates.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`--cache-file=FILE'
|
||||||
|
Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
|
||||||
|
`./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
|
||||||
|
debugging `configure'.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`--help'
|
||||||
|
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`--quiet'
|
||||||
|
`--silent'
|
||||||
|
`-q'
|
||||||
|
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
|
||||||
|
suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
|
||||||
|
messages will still be shown).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`--srcdir=DIR'
|
||||||
|
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
|
||||||
|
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`--version'
|
||||||
|
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
|
||||||
|
script, and exit.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
|
|
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||||
|
SUBDIRS = include src
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||||
|
GParted stands for Gnome Partition Editor and is a graphical frontend to libparted. Among other features it supports creating, resizing, moving and copying of partitions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The first goal of GParted is to provide all libparted's features as outlined at http://www.gnu.org/software/parted/#features.
|
||||||
|
When this is done and GParted is stable enough for normal use, i will look into support for other filesystems such as ntfs .
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GParted is written in C++ and uses gtkmm as Graphical Toolkit. The general approach is to keep the GUI as simple as possible. That's why i try to conform to the GNOME Human Interface Guidelines .
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Visit http://gparted.sourceforge.net/ for more information
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||||
|
#undef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||||
|
#undef HAVE_CATGETS
|
||||||
|
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
|
||||||
|
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
|
||||||
|
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
|
||||||
|
#undef HAVE_LIBSM
|
||||||
|
#undef PACKAGE_LOCALE_DIR
|
||||||
|
#undef PACKAGE_DOC_DIR
|
||||||
|
#undef PACKAGE_DATA_DIR
|
||||||
|
#undef PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR
|
||||||
|
#undef PACKAGE_HELP_DIR
|
||||||
|
#undef PACKAGE_MENU_DIR
|
||||||
|
#undef PACKAGE_SOURCE_DIR
|
||||||
|
#undef GETTEXT_PACKAGE
|
|
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
|
||||||
|
#!/bin/sh
|
||||||
|
# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
srcdir=`dirname $0`
|
||||||
|
PKG_NAME="the package."
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DIE=0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
|
||||||
|
echo
|
||||||
|
echo "**Error**: You must have \`autoconf' installed to."
|
||||||
|
echo "Download the appropriate package for your distribution,"
|
||||||
|
echo "or get the source tarball at ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/"
|
||||||
|
DIE=1
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(grep "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null) && {
|
||||||
|
(libtool --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
|
||||||
|
echo
|
||||||
|
echo "**Error**: You must have \`libtool' installed."
|
||||||
|
echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/"
|
||||||
|
echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
|
||||||
|
DIE=1
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
|
||||||
|
echo
|
||||||
|
echo "**Error**: You must have \`automake' installed."
|
||||||
|
echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/"
|
||||||
|
echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
|
||||||
|
DIE=1
|
||||||
|
NO_AUTOMAKE=yes
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# if no automake, don't bother testing for aclocal
|
||||||
|
test -n "$NO_AUTOMAKE" || (aclocal --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
|
||||||
|
echo
|
||||||
|
echo "**Error**: Missing \`aclocal'. The version of \`automake'"
|
||||||
|
echo "installed doesn't appear recent enough."
|
||||||
|
echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/"
|
||||||
|
echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
|
||||||
|
DIE=1
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then
|
||||||
|
exit 1
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test -z "$*"; then
|
||||||
|
echo "**Warning**: I am going to run \`configure' with no arguments."
|
||||||
|
echo "If you wish to pass any to it, please specify them on the"
|
||||||
|
echo \`$0\'" command line."
|
||||||
|
echo
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
case $CC in
|
||||||
|
xlc )
|
||||||
|
am_opt=--include-deps;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for coin in `find $srcdir -name configure.in -print`
|
||||||
|
do
|
||||||
|
dr=`dirname $coin`
|
||||||
|
if test -f $dr/NO-AUTO-GEN; then
|
||||||
|
echo skipping $dr -- flagged as no auto-gen
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
echo processing $dr
|
||||||
|
macrodirs=`sed -n -e 's,AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(\(.*\)),\1,gp' < $coin`
|
||||||
|
( cd $dr
|
||||||
|
aclocalinclude="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
|
||||||
|
for k in $macrodirs; do
|
||||||
|
if test -d $k; then
|
||||||
|
aclocalinclude="$aclocalinclude -I $k"
|
||||||
|
##else
|
||||||
|
## echo "**Warning**: No such directory \`$k'. Ignored."
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
if grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT" configure.in >/dev/null; then
|
||||||
|
if grep "sed.*POTFILES" configure.in >/dev/null; then
|
||||||
|
: do nothing -- we still have an old unmodified configure.in
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
echo "Creating $dr/aclocal.m4 ..."
|
||||||
|
test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 || touch $dr/aclocal.m4
|
||||||
|
echo "Running gettextize... Ignore non-fatal messages."
|
||||||
|
./setup-gettext
|
||||||
|
echo "Making $dr/aclocal.m4 writable ..."
|
||||||
|
test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 && chmod u+w $dr/aclocal.m4
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
if grep "^AM_GNOME_GETTEXT" configure.in >/dev/null; then
|
||||||
|
echo "Creating $dr/aclocal.m4 ..."
|
||||||
|
test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 || touch $dr/aclocal.m4
|
||||||
|
echo "Running gettextize... Ignore non-fatal messages."
|
||||||
|
./setup-gettext
|
||||||
|
echo "Making $dr/aclocal.m4 writable ..."
|
||||||
|
test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 && chmod u+w $dr/aclocal.m4
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
if grep "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL" configure.in >/dev/null; then
|
||||||
|
echo "Running libtoolize..."
|
||||||
|
libtoolize --force --copy
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
test -d m4 && aclocalinclude="$aclocalinclude -I m4"
|
||||||
|
echo "Running aclocal $aclocalinclude ..."
|
||||||
|
aclocal $aclocalinclude
|
||||||
|
if grep "^AM_CONFIG_HEADER" configure.in >/dev/null; then
|
||||||
|
echo "Running autoheader..."
|
||||||
|
autoheader
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
echo "Running automake --gnu $am_opt ..."
|
||||||
|
automake --add-missing --copy --gnu $am_opt
|
||||||
|
echo "Running autoconf ..."
|
||||||
|
autoconf
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#conf_flags="--enable-maintainer-mode --enable-compile-warnings" #--enable-iso-c
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if test x$NOCONFIGURE = x; then
|
||||||
|
echo Running $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" ...
|
||||||
|
$srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" \
|
||||||
|
&& echo Now type \`make\' to compile $PKG_NAME
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
echo Skipping configure process.
|
||||||
|
fi
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||||
|
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
|
||||||
|
dnl Created by Anjuta - will be overwritten
|
||||||
|
dnl If you don't want it to overwrite it,
|
||||||
|
dnl Please disable it in the Anjuta project configuration
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_INIT(configure.in)
|
||||||
|
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(GParted, 0.1)
|
||||||
|
AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_ISC_POSIX
|
||||||
|
CFLAGS=""
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS)
|
||||||
|
CXXFLAGS=""
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(CXXFLAGS)
|
||||||
|
AC_PROG_CC
|
||||||
|
AC_PROG_CXX
|
||||||
|
AM_PROG_CC_STDC
|
||||||
|
AC_HEADER_STDC
|
||||||
|
AM_PROG_LIBTOOL
|
||||||
|
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GTKMM, gtkmm-2.4,,exit)
|
||||||
|
AC_CHECK_LIB(parted, ped_device_probe_all, [], AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libparted >= 1.6.13 not installed - please install first ***]), -luuid -ldl)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(GTKMM_LIBS)
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(GTKMM_CFLAGS)
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for programs.
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for libraries.
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for header files.
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for library functions.
|
||||||
|
dnl Checks for Additional stuffs.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Set PACKAGE SOURCE DIR in config.h.
|
||||||
|
packagesrcdir=`cd $srcdir && pwd`
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Set PACKAGE PREFIX
|
||||||
|
if test "x${prefix}" = "xNONE"; then
|
||||||
|
packageprefix=${ac_default_prefix}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
packageprefix=${prefix}
|
||||||
|
fi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Set PACKAGE DATA & DOC DIR
|
||||||
|
packagedatadir=share
|
||||||
|
packagedocdir=doc/${PACKAGE}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Set PACKAGE DIRS in config.h.
|
||||||
|
packagepixmapsdir=${packagedatadir}/pixmaps
|
||||||
|
packagehelpdir=${packagedatadir}/help
|
||||||
|
packagemenudir=${packagedatadir}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Subst PACKAGE_DATA_DIR.
|
||||||
|
NO_PREFIX_PACKAGE_DATA_DIR="${packagedatadir}"
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(NO_PREFIX_PACKAGE_DATA_DIR)
|
||||||
|
PACKAGE_DATA_DIR="${packageprefix}/${packagedatadir}"
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_DATA_DIR)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Subst PACKAGE_DOC_DIR.
|
||||||
|
NO_PREFIX_PACKAGE_DOC_DIR="${packagedocdir}"
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(NO_PREFIX_PACKAGE_DOC_DIR)
|
||||||
|
PACKAGE_DOC_DIR="${packageprefix}/${packagedocdir}"
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_DOC_DIR)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Subst PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR.
|
||||||
|
NO_PREFIX_PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR="${packagepixmapsdir}"
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(NO_PREFIX_PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR)
|
||||||
|
PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR="${packageprefix}/${packagepixmapsdir}"
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Subst PACKAGE_HELP_DIR.
|
||||||
|
NO_PREFIX_PACKAGE_HELP_DIR="${packagehelpdir}"
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(NO_PREFIX_PACKAGE_HELP_DIR)
|
||||||
|
PACKAGE_HELP_DIR="${packageprefix}/${packagehelpdir}"
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_HELP_DIR)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dnl Subst PACKAGE_MENU_DIR.
|
||||||
|
NO_PREFIX_PACKAGE_MENU_DIR="${packagemenudir}"
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(NO_PREFIX_PACKAGE_MENU_DIR)
|
||||||
|
PACKAGE_MENU_DIR="${packageprefix}/${packagemenudir}"
|
||||||
|
AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_MENU_DIR)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE_DATA_DIR, "${packageprefix}/${packagedatadir}")
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE_DOC_DIR, "${packageprefix}/${packagedocdir}")
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE_PIXMAPS_DIR, "${packageprefix}/${packagepixmapsdir}")
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE_HELP_DIR, "${packageprefix}/${packagehelpdir}")
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE_MENU_DIR, "${packageprefix}/${packagemenudir}")
|
||||||
|
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE_SOURCE_DIR, "${packagesrcdir}")
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AC_OUTPUT([
|
||||||
|
Makefile
|
||||||
|
include/Makefile
|
||||||
|
src/Makefile
|
||||||
|
])
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||||
|
Makefile
|
||||||
|
Makefile.in
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/******************************************************
|
||||||
|
This class.... is a mess ;-)
|
||||||
|
It's does some kind of wrapping around libparted, but it's not very clear and it looks like shit.
|
||||||
|
The one thing i have to say in favor of it is: IT JUST WORKS :)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
When i've time i will look into it and try to sort things out a bit.
|
||||||
|
Maybe building a small decent wrapper or so...
|
||||||
|
********************************************************/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef DEVICE
|
||||||
|
#define DEVICE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <parted/parted.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/messagedialog.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/checkbutton.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/frame.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/label.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/stock.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <fstream>
|
||||||
|
#include <sstream>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Device
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
Device() ;
|
||||||
|
Device( const Glib::ustring & device_path);
|
||||||
|
~Device() ;
|
||||||
|
//this function creates a fresh list with al the partitions and free spaces
|
||||||
|
void Read_Disk_Layout() ;
|
||||||
|
bool Delete_Partition( const Partition & partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
bool Create_Partition_With_Filesystem( Partition & new_part, PedTimer *timer) ;
|
||||||
|
bool Move_Resize_Partition( const Partition & partition_original, const Partition & partition_new , PedTimer *timer) ;
|
||||||
|
bool Set_Partition_Filesystem( const Partition & new_partition, PedTimer * timer);
|
||||||
|
bool Copy_Partition( Device *source_device, const Partition & source_partition, PedTimer * timer ) ;
|
||||||
|
int Create_Empty_Partition( const Partition & new_partition, PedConstraint * constraint = NULL ) ;
|
||||||
|
bool Commit() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
PedPartition * Get_c_partition( int part_num );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Get_Partitions() ;
|
||||||
|
Sector Get_Length() ;
|
||||||
|
long Get_Heads() ;
|
||||||
|
long Get_Sectors() ;
|
||||||
|
long Get_Cylinders() ;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Get_Model() ;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Get_Path() ;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Get_RealPath() ;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Get_DiskType() ;
|
||||||
|
bool Get_any_busy() ;
|
||||||
|
int Get_Max_Amount_Of_Primary_Partitions() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
//make a try to get the amount of used sectors on a filesystem ( see comments in implementation )
|
||||||
|
Sector Get_Used_Sectors( PedPartition *c_partition, const Glib::ustring & sym_path );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Get_Flags( PedPartition *c_partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool open_device_and_disk() ;
|
||||||
|
void close_device_and_disk() ;
|
||||||
|
bool Resize_Extended( const Partition & partition, PedTimer *timer) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> device_partitions;
|
||||||
|
Sector length;
|
||||||
|
long heads ;
|
||||||
|
long sectors ;
|
||||||
|
long cylinders ;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring model;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring path;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring realpath;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring disktype;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//private variables
|
||||||
|
PedDevice *device ;
|
||||||
|
PedDisk *disk ;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *c_partition ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector <PedPartitionFlag> flags;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring temp, error ; //error may contain an errormessage for an specific partition ( see Get_Used_Sectors() )
|
||||||
|
std::ostringstream os;
|
||||||
|
Partition partition_temp ;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //DEVICE
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
of course i could've used Gnome::UI::About but that would add another dependacy to GParted
|
||||||
|
Besides, i always wanted to build my own creditsdialog :-P
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef DIALOG_ABOUT
|
||||||
|
#define DIALOG_ABOUT
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/dialog.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/button.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/label.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/stock.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/notebook.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//i18n stuff ....
|
||||||
|
#include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
#define _(String) gettext(String)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Dialog_About : public Gtk::Dialog
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
Dialog_About() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
void Show_Credits() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Label *label_temp ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Button button_credits;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef DIALOG_BASE_PARTITION
|
||||||
|
#define DIALOG_BASE_PARTITION
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Frame_Resizer_Extended.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/dialog.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/stock.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/label.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/spinbutton.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/table.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/box.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/tooltips.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Dialog_Base_Partition : public Gtk::Dialog
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Base_Partition( ) ;
|
||||||
|
~Dialog_Base_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Set_Resizer( bool extended ) ;
|
||||||
|
Partition Get_New_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
enum SPINBUTTON {
|
||||||
|
BEFORE = 0,
|
||||||
|
SIZE = 1,
|
||||||
|
AFTER = 2
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
enum CONFIRMBUTTON {
|
||||||
|
RESIZE_MOVE = 0,
|
||||||
|
NEW = 1,
|
||||||
|
PASTE = 2
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Set_Confirm_Button( CONFIRMBUTTON button_type ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
double MB_PER_PIXEL ;
|
||||||
|
long TOTAL_MB ;
|
||||||
|
Frame_Resizer_Base *frame_resizer_base;
|
||||||
|
Partition selected_partition ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Sector START; //the first sector of the first relevant partition ( this is either current or current -1 ) needed in Get_Resized_Partition()
|
||||||
|
Sector total_length ; //total amount of sectors ( this can be up to 3 partitions...
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::HBox hbox_main;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Label label_minmax ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::SpinButton spinbutton_before, spinbutton_size, spinbutton_after;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//used to enable/disable OKbutton...
|
||||||
|
int ORIG_BEFORE,ORIG_SIZE, ORIG_AFTER ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//signal handlers
|
||||||
|
void on_signal_move( int, int );
|
||||||
|
void on_signal_resize( int, int, Frame_Resizer_Base::ArrowType );
|
||||||
|
void on_spinbutton_value_changed( SPINBUTTON ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool fixed_start, GRIP;
|
||||||
|
std::ostringstream os;
|
||||||
|
double before_value ;
|
||||||
|
int x_start, x_end ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
void Check_Change() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::VBox vbox_resize_move;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Label *label_temp;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Table table_resize;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::HBox hbox_table, hbox_resizer, hbox_resize_move;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Tooltips tooltips;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Button button_resize_move ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Image *image_temp ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //DIALOG_BASE_PARTITION
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef DIALOG_PARTITION_COPY
|
||||||
|
#define DIALOG_PARTITION_COPY
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Base_Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Dialog_Partition_Copy : public Dialog_Base_Partition
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_Copy() ;
|
||||||
|
void Set_Data( Partition & selected_partition, Partition & copied_partition );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}//GParted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //DIALOG_PARTITION_COPY
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef DIALOG_PARTITION_INFO
|
||||||
|
#define DIALOG_PARTITION_INFO
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//what kind of info would one prefer to see here?
|
||||||
|
//my guess is, it's best to keep the amount of info minimal and wait for users requests
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/dialog.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/stock.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/label.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/frame.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/drawingarea.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/table.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <vector>
|
||||||
|
#include <fstream>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define BORDER 8
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Dialog_Partition_Info : public Gtk::Dialog
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_Info( const Partition & );
|
||||||
|
~Dialog_Partition_Info();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
void init_drawingarea() ;
|
||||||
|
void Display_Info();
|
||||||
|
void Find_Status() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//signalhandlers
|
||||||
|
void drawingarea_on_realize( );
|
||||||
|
bool drawingarea_on_expose( GdkEventExpose * );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Partition partition ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::HBox *hbox ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::DrawingArea drawingarea ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Frame *frame ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Label *label ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Image *image;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Table *table;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::RefPtr<Gdk::GC> gc;
|
||||||
|
Glib::RefPtr<Pango::Layout> pango_layout;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gdk::Color color_partition, color_used, color_unused, color_text ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int used,unused ;
|
||||||
|
std::ostringstream os, os_percent;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //DIALOG_PARTITION_INFO
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef DIALOG_PARTITION_NEW
|
||||||
|
#define DIALOG_PARTITION_NEW
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Base_Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/messagedialog.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/optionmenu.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Dialog_Partition_New : public Dialog_Base_Partition
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_New() ;
|
||||||
|
void Set_Data( const Partition & partition, bool any_extended, unsigned short new_count );
|
||||||
|
Partition Get_New_Partition() ;//overridden function
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
void Build_Filesystems_Menu() ;
|
||||||
|
//bool Check_Restrictions() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Table table_create;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::OptionMenu optionmenu_type, optionmenu_filesystem;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Label label_type,label_filesystem,label_start,label_size;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Menu menu_type, menu_filesystem;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector <Glib::ustring> filesystems ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//signal handlers
|
||||||
|
void optionmenu_changed( bool );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gdk::Color color_temp;
|
||||||
|
unsigned short new_count ;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //DIALOG_PARTITION_NEW
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef DIALOG_PARTITION_RESIZE_MOVE
|
||||||
|
#define DIALOG_PARTITION_RESIZE_MOVE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Base_Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move : public Dialog_Base_Partition
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move( ) ;
|
||||||
|
void Set_Data( const Partition & selected_partition, const std::vector <Partition> & partitions ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
void Resize_Move_Normal( const std::vector <Partition> & partitions ) ;
|
||||||
|
void Resize_Move_Extended( const std::vector <Partition> & partitions ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //DIALOG_PARTITION_RESIZE_MOVE
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef DIALOG_PARTITION_PROGRESS
|
||||||
|
#define DIALOG_PARTITION_PROGRESS
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/dialog.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/progressbar.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/stock.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/label.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <sstream>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//i18n stuff ....
|
||||||
|
#include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
#define _(String) gettext(String)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Dialog_Progress : public Gtk::Dialog
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Progress( int, const Glib::ustring & );
|
||||||
|
~Dialog_Progress();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Set_Next_Operation( );
|
||||||
|
void Set_Progress_Current_Operation();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring current_operation;
|
||||||
|
float fraction_current;
|
||||||
|
int time_left ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Label label_all_operations, label_current, *label_temp;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::ProgressBar progressbar_all, progressbar_current ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
double fraction;
|
||||||
|
std::ostringstream os;
|
||||||
|
int count_operations, current_operation_number;
|
||||||
|
char c_buf[ 1024 ] ; //used by sprintf, which is needed for i18n
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //DIALOG_PARTITION_PROGRESS
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef FRAME_RESIZER_BASE
|
||||||
|
#define FRAME_RESIZER_BASE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/frame.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/drawingarea.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gdkmm/cursor.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define BORDER 8
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Frame_Resizer_Base : public Gtk::Frame, virtual public sigc::trackable
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
enum ArrowType {
|
||||||
|
ARROW_LEFT = 0,
|
||||||
|
ARROW_RIGHT = 1
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frame_Resizer_Base( ) ;
|
||||||
|
~Frame_Resizer_Base() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void set_rgb_partition_color( const Gdk::Color & ) ;
|
||||||
|
void override_default_rgb_unused_color( const Gdk::Color & ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void set_x_start( int ) ;
|
||||||
|
void set_x_end( int ) ;
|
||||||
|
void set_used( int );
|
||||||
|
void set_fixed_start( bool ) ;
|
||||||
|
void set_used_start( int used_start ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int get_used();
|
||||||
|
int get_x_start() ;
|
||||||
|
int get_x_end() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
virtual void Draw_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//public signal (emitted upon resize/move)
|
||||||
|
sigc::signal<void,int,int, ArrowType> signal_resize;
|
||||||
|
sigc::signal<void,int,int> signal_move;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
protected:
|
||||||
|
int X_START, USED, UNUSED, X_END, X_START_MOVE, USED_START;
|
||||||
|
bool GRIP_LEFT, GRIP_RIGHT, GRIP_MOVE ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//signal handlers
|
||||||
|
void drawingarea_on_realize( );
|
||||||
|
bool drawingarea_on_expose( GdkEventExpose * );
|
||||||
|
virtual bool drawingarea_on_mouse_motion( GdkEventMotion* ) ;
|
||||||
|
bool drawingarea_on_button_press_event( GdkEventButton* ) ;
|
||||||
|
bool drawingarea_on_button_release_event( GdkEventButton* ) ;
|
||||||
|
bool drawingarea_on_leave_notify( GdkEventCrossing* ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Draw_Resize_Grip( ArrowType ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::DrawingArea drawingarea;
|
||||||
|
Glib::RefPtr<Gdk::GC> gc;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gdk::Color color_used, color_unused, color_arrow, color_background,color_partition,color_arrow_rectangle;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector <Gdk::Point> arrow_points;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gdk::Cursor *cursor_resize, *cursor_normal, *cursor_move;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int temp_x, temp_y ;
|
||||||
|
bool fixed_start; //a fixed start disables moving the start and thereby the whole move functionality..
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
void init() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif // FRAME_RESIZER_BASE
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef FRAME_RESIZER_EXTENDED
|
||||||
|
#define FRAME_RESIZER_EXTENDED
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Frame_Resizer_Base.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Frame_Resizer_Extended : public Frame_Resizer_Base
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
Frame_Resizer_Extended( ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
int UNUSED_BEFORE ;
|
||||||
|
//overridden signal handler
|
||||||
|
virtual bool drawingarea_on_mouse_motion( GdkEventMotion* ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
virtual void Draw_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif // FRAME_RESIZER_EXTENDED
|
|
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||||
|
gparted_includedir = $(pkgincludedir)
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef OPERATION
|
||||||
|
#define OPERATION
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Device.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/messagedialog.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <glibmm/ustring.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//i18n stuff ....
|
||||||
|
#include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
#define _(String) gettext(String)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
enum OperationType {
|
||||||
|
DELETE = 0,
|
||||||
|
CREATE = 1,
|
||||||
|
RESIZE_MOVE = 2,
|
||||||
|
CONVERT = 3,
|
||||||
|
COPY = 4
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Operation
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
Operation( Device *device, Device *source_device, const Partition &, const Partition &,OperationType );
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Get_String();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//this one can be a little confusing, it *DOES NOT* change any visual representation. It only applies the operation to the list with partitions.
|
||||||
|
//this new list can be used to change the visual representation. For real writing to disk, see Apply_To_Disk()
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Apply_Operation_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Apply_To_Disk( PedTimer * );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//public variables
|
||||||
|
Device *device, *source_device; //source_device is only used in copy operations
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring device_path, source_device_path ;
|
||||||
|
OperationType operationtype;
|
||||||
|
Partition partition_new; //the new situation ( can be an whole new partition or simply the old one with a new size or.... )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Apply_Delete_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions );
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Apply_Create_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions );
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Apply_Resize_Move_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions );
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Apply_Resize_Move_Extended_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions );
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Apply_Convert_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Show_Error( const Glib::ustring & message ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Partition partition_original; //the original situation
|
||||||
|
char c_buf[ 1024 ] ; //used by sprintf, which is needed for i18n
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //OPERATION
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/* READ THIS!!
|
||||||
|
* Partition isn't really a partition. It's more like a geometry, a continuous part of the disk. I use ut to represent partitions as well as unallocated spaces
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef PARTITION
|
||||||
|
#define PARTITION
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <glibmm/ustring.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gdkmm/colormap.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <sstream>
|
||||||
|
#include <iostream>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//i18n stuff ....
|
||||||
|
#include <libintl.h>
|
||||||
|
#define _(String) gettext(String)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define MEGABYTE 2048 //try it: 2048 * 512 / 1024 /1024 == 1 :P
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
typedef long long Sector;//one day this won't be sufficient, oh how i dream of that day... :-P
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
inline long Sector_To_MB( Sector sectors )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return (long) ( (double) sectors * 512/1024/1024 +0.5) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
inline long Round( double double_value )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return (long) ( double_value + 0.5) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
inline Sector Abs( Sector sectors )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return sectors < 0 ? sectors - 2*sectors : sectors ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
enum PartitionType {
|
||||||
|
PRIMARY = 0,
|
||||||
|
LOGICAL = 1,
|
||||||
|
EXTENDED = 2,
|
||||||
|
UNALLOCATED = 3
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
enum FileSystem {
|
||||||
|
ext2 = 0,
|
||||||
|
ext3 = 1,
|
||||||
|
linux_swap = 2,
|
||||||
|
reiserfs = 3,
|
||||||
|
hfs = 4,
|
||||||
|
jfs = 5,
|
||||||
|
hp_ufs = 6,
|
||||||
|
sun_ufs = 7,
|
||||||
|
xfs = 8,
|
||||||
|
fat16 = 9,
|
||||||
|
fat32 = 10,
|
||||||
|
ntfs = 11
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
class Partition
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
Partition();
|
||||||
|
~Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//simple Set-functions. only for convenience, since most members are public
|
||||||
|
void Set( const Glib::ustring & partition,
|
||||||
|
const int partition_number,
|
||||||
|
const PartitionType type,
|
||||||
|
const Glib::ustring & filesystem,
|
||||||
|
const Sector & sector_start,
|
||||||
|
const Sector & sector_end,
|
||||||
|
const Sector & sectors_used,
|
||||||
|
const bool inside_extended,
|
||||||
|
const bool busy ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Set_Unallocated( Sector sector_start, Sector sector_end, bool inside_extended );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//get color associated with filesystem
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Get_Color( const Glib::ustring & filesystem );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//update partition number (used when a logical partition is deleted)
|
||||||
|
void Update_Number( int new_number );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
long Get_Length_MB( );
|
||||||
|
long Get_Used_MB( );
|
||||||
|
long Get_Unused_MB( );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//some public members
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring partition;//the symbolic path (e.g. /dev/hda1 )
|
||||||
|
int partition_number;
|
||||||
|
PartitionType type;// UNALLOCATED, PRIMARY, LOGICAL, etc...
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring filesystem;// ext2, ext3, ntfs, etc....
|
||||||
|
Sector sector_start;
|
||||||
|
Sector sector_end;
|
||||||
|
Sector sectors_used;
|
||||||
|
Sector sectors_unused;
|
||||||
|
Gdk::Color color;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring color_string;
|
||||||
|
bool inside_extended;//this one is stupid ;-) i use it to check wether unallocated space resides inside extended partition or not.
|
||||||
|
bool busy;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring error;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring flags;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}//GParted
|
||||||
|
#endif //PARTITION
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef TREEVIEW_DETAIL
|
||||||
|
#define TREEVIEW_DETAIL
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/treeview.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/treestore.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/entry.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/stock.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gdkmm/pixbuf.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <vector>
|
||||||
|
#include <sstream>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class TreeView_Detail : public Gtk::TreeView
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
TreeView_Detail( );
|
||||||
|
void Load_Partitions( std::vector<Partition> & partitions ) ;
|
||||||
|
void Set_Selected( const Partition & partition );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//signals for interclass communication
|
||||||
|
sigc::signal<void,GdkEventButton *,const Partition &> signal_mouse_click;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
void Create_Row( const Gtk::TreeRow &, Partition &);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//overridden signal
|
||||||
|
virtual bool on_button_press_event(GdkEventButton *);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeRow row,childrow;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeIter iter,iter_child;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::RefPtr<Gtk::TreeStore> treestore_detail;
|
||||||
|
Glib::RefPtr<Gtk::TreeSelection> treeselection;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//columns for this treeview
|
||||||
|
struct treeview_detail_Columns : public Gtk::TreeModelColumnRecord
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn<Glib::ustring> partition;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn<Glib::ustring> type;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn<Glib::ustring> size;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn<Glib::ustring> used;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn<Glib::ustring> unused;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn<Glib::ustring> color;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn<Glib::ustring> text_color;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn< Glib::RefPtr<Gdk::Pixbuf> > status_icon;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn<Glib::ustring> flags;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn< Partition > partition_struct; //hidden column ( see also on_button_press_event )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
treeview_detail_Columns() {
|
||||||
|
add( partition ); add( type ); add( size ); add( used ); add( unused ); add( color ); add( text_color ); add( status_icon ); add( flags ); add(partition_struct);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
treeview_detail_Columns treeview_detail_columns;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Partition partition_temp ; //used in Set_Selected to make the check a bit more readable
|
||||||
|
std::ostringstream os;//for int to string conversions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //TREEVIEW_DETAIL
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef VBOX_VISUALDISK
|
||||||
|
#define VBOX_VISUALDISK
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Device.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/box.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/frame.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/eventbox.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/tooltips.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/label.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/entry.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/checkbutton.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/drawingarea.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <sstream>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#define BORDER 8
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class VBox_VisualDisk : public Gtk::VBox
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//struct which contains visual information about the partitions. This prevents recalculation of everything after an expose en therefore saves performance..
|
||||||
|
struct Visual_Partition
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//2 attributes used for selection ( see Set_Selected() an drawingarea_on_expose() for more info )
|
||||||
|
Sector sector_start;
|
||||||
|
int index;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int length; //pixels
|
||||||
|
int used; //pixels
|
||||||
|
int height; //pixels
|
||||||
|
int text_y; //pixels
|
||||||
|
Gdk::Color color_fs;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::DrawingArea *drawingarea;
|
||||||
|
Glib::RefPtr<Gdk::GC> gc;
|
||||||
|
Glib::RefPtr<Pango::Layout> pango_layout;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
VBox_VisualDisk( const std::vector<Partition> & partitions, const Sector device_length );
|
||||||
|
~VBox_VisualDisk();
|
||||||
|
void Set_Selected( const Partition & );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//public signal for interclass communication
|
||||||
|
sigc::signal<void,GdkEventButton *, const Partition &> signal_mouse_click;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
void Build_Visual_Disk( int ) ; //i still dream of some fully resizeable visualdisk....
|
||||||
|
void Build_Legend( ) ;
|
||||||
|
void Add_Legend_Item( const Glib::ustring & filesystem, const Gdk::Color & color );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//signal handlers
|
||||||
|
void drawingarea_on_realize( Visual_Partition * );
|
||||||
|
bool drawingarea_on_expose( GdkEventExpose *, Visual_Partition* );
|
||||||
|
bool on_drawingarea_button_press( GdkEventButton *, const Partition & );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> partitions;
|
||||||
|
Sector device_length;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Frame *frame_disk_legend ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::HBox hbox_disk_main, *hbox_disk, *hbox_extended, hbox_legend_main, *hbox_legend;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::CheckButton checkbutton_filesystem;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Tooltips tooltips;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Visual_Partition *visual_partition;
|
||||||
|
std::vector <Visual_Partition *> visual_partitions;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::EventBox * eventbox_extended;
|
||||||
|
Gdk::Color color_used, color_unused, color_text;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::ostringstream os;//for int to string conversions
|
||||||
|
int temp,selected_partition;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Entry *entry_temp;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Label *label_temp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
||||||
|
#endif //VBOX_VISUALDISK
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef WIN_GPARTED
|
||||||
|
#define WIN_GPARTED
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Device.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/VBox_VisualDisk.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/TreeView_Detail.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Partition_Info.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Partition_New.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Operation.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Progress.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_About.h"
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Partition_Copy.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <sigc++/class_slot.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/main.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/paned.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/toolbar.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/separatortoolitem.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/menubar.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/expander.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/statusbar.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/radiobutton.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/liststore.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <gtkmm/scrolledwindow.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <fstream>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
class Win_GParted : public Gtk::Window
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
public:
|
||||||
|
Win_GParted( );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
private:
|
||||||
|
void init_menubar() ;
|
||||||
|
void init_toolbar() ;
|
||||||
|
void init_popupmenu() ;
|
||||||
|
void init_convert_menu() ;
|
||||||
|
void init_device_info() ;
|
||||||
|
void init_operationslist() ;
|
||||||
|
void init_hpaned_main() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Find_Devices() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//Fill txtview_device_info_buffer with some information about the selected device
|
||||||
|
void Fill_Label_Device_Info( );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//overridden signalhandler
|
||||||
|
virtual bool on_delete_event(GdkEventAny* ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Add_Operation( OperationType, const Partition & );
|
||||||
|
void Refresh_Visual( );
|
||||||
|
bool Quit_Check_Operations();
|
||||||
|
void Set_Valid_Operations() ; //determines which operations are allowed on selected_partition
|
||||||
|
void Set_Valid_Convert_Filesystems() ; //determines to which filesystems a partition can be converted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//convenience functions
|
||||||
|
void allow_new( bool b ) { menu_popup.items()[0].set_sensitive( b ); toolbar_main.get_nth_item(0) ->set_sensitive( b ); }
|
||||||
|
void allow_delete( bool b ) { menu_popup.items()[1].set_sensitive( b ); toolbar_main.get_nth_item(1) ->set_sensitive( b ); }
|
||||||
|
void allow_resize( bool b ) { menu_popup.items()[3].set_sensitive( b ); toolbar_main.get_nth_item(3) ->set_sensitive( b ); }
|
||||||
|
void allow_copy( bool b ) { menu_popup.items()[5].set_sensitive( b ); toolbar_main.get_nth_item(5) ->set_sensitive( b ); }
|
||||||
|
void allow_paste( bool b ) { menu_popup.items()[6].set_sensitive( b ); toolbar_main.get_nth_item(6) ->set_sensitive( b ); }
|
||||||
|
void allow_convert( bool b ) { menu_popup.items()[8].set_sensitive( b ); }
|
||||||
|
void allow_undo( bool b ) { toolbar_main.get_nth_item(8) ->set_sensitive( b ); }
|
||||||
|
void allow_apply( bool b ) { toolbar_main.get_nth_item(9) ->set_sensitive( b ); }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//signal handlers
|
||||||
|
void close_operationslist() ;
|
||||||
|
void clear_operationslist() ;
|
||||||
|
void optionmenu_devices_changed( );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void menu_gparted_refresh_devices();
|
||||||
|
void menu_gparted_quit();
|
||||||
|
void menu_help_contents();
|
||||||
|
void menu_help_about();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void mouse_click( GdkEventButton*, const Partition & );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void activate_resize();
|
||||||
|
void activate_copy();
|
||||||
|
void activate_paste();
|
||||||
|
void activate_new();
|
||||||
|
void activate_delete();
|
||||||
|
void activate_info();
|
||||||
|
void activate_convert( const Glib::ustring & new_fs );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void activate_undo();
|
||||||
|
void activate_apply();
|
||||||
|
void apply_operations_thread();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//private variables
|
||||||
|
unsigned int current_device, source_device; //source_device is used to store the device the copied_partition is from....
|
||||||
|
Partition selected_partition, copied_partition;
|
||||||
|
std::vector <Device * > devices;
|
||||||
|
std::vector <Operation> operations;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//gui stuff
|
||||||
|
Gtk::HPaned hpaned_main;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::VPaned vpaned_main;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::VBox vbox_main,vbox_info, *vbox;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::HBox hbox_toolbar,hbox_visual, hbox_operations, *hbox;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Toolbar toolbar_main;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::MenuBar menubar_main;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::OptionMenu optionmenu_devices;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Menu menu_devices,menu_popup, menu_convert, *menu ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::ToolButton *toolbutton;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Statusbar statusbar;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Expander expander_device_info ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Image *image ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::ScrolledWindow *scrollwindow;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Label label_device_info1, label_device_info2, *label;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Tooltips tooltips ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Button *button;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Table *table ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::MenuItem *menu_item;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Entry *entry;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gdk::Color color ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VBox_VisualDisk *vbox_visual_disk;
|
||||||
|
TreeView_Detail treeview_detail;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//operations list
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeView treeview_operations;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeRow treerow;
|
||||||
|
Glib::RefPtr<Gtk::ListStore> liststore_operations;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
struct treeview_operations_Columns : public Gtk::TreeModelColumnRecord
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn<int> operation_number;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn<Glib::ustring> operation_description;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::TreeModelColumn< Glib::RefPtr<Gdk::Pixbuf> > operation_icon;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
treeview_operations_Columns() { add( operation_number ); add( operation_description );add(operation_icon);}
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
treeview_operations_Columns treeview_operations_columns;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//usefull variables which are used by many different functions...
|
||||||
|
sigc::connection s2,s3;//usefull for disconnecting and destroying a connection ( see optionmenu_devices_changed() and activate_apply() )
|
||||||
|
std::ostringstream os;//for int to string conversions
|
||||||
|
bool any_logic,any_extended;//used in some checks (e.g. see optionmenu_devices_changed()
|
||||||
|
unsigned short highest_logic_busy,primary_count, new_count;//primary_count checks for max. of 4 pimary partitions,
|
||||||
|
//new_count keeps track of the new created partitions,
|
||||||
|
//highest_logic_busy contains the number of the highest logical which is busy ( 0 if none is busy)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GParted::Device *temp_device;
|
||||||
|
std::vector <Glib::ustring> str_devices, filesystems;
|
||||||
|
char c_buf[ 1024 ] ; //used by sprintf, which is needed for i18n
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//stuff for progress overview
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Progress *dialog_progress;
|
||||||
|
Glib::Thread *thread_operations;
|
||||||
|
Glib::Dispatcher dispatcher_next_operation;
|
||||||
|
bool apply;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif //WIN_GPARTED
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||||
|
Makefile
|
||||||
|
Makefile.in
|
||||||
|
.deps
|
||||||
|
.libs
|
||||||
|
gparted
|
||||||
|
*.o
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,604 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Device.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* This is ridiculous!, if i use this one as a member function realpath starts complaining and won't compile :-S
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring get_sym_path( const Glib::ustring & real_path )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
int major,minor,size;
|
||||||
|
char temp[4096], device_name[4096],short_path[4096] ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
FILE* proc_part_file = fopen ("/proc/partitions", "r");
|
||||||
|
if (!proc_part_file)
|
||||||
|
return real_path;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//skip first 2 useless rules of /proc/partitions
|
||||||
|
fgets (temp, 256, proc_part_file);fgets (temp, 256, proc_part_file);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while (fgets (temp, 4096, proc_part_file) && sscanf (temp, "%d %d %d %255s", &major, &minor, &size, device_name) == 4)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
strcpy(short_path, "/dev/"); strcat( short_path, device_name );
|
||||||
|
realpath( short_path, device_name );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( real_path == device_name ) {
|
||||||
|
fclose (proc_part_file);
|
||||||
|
return (Glib::ustring(short_path));
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//it's very unlikely, if not impossible, the program will ever reach this, but just in case.... ;-)
|
||||||
|
fclose (proc_part_file);
|
||||||
|
return real_path;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//AFAIK it's not possible to use a C++ memberfunction as a callback for a C libary function (if you know otherwise, PLEASE contact me
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring error_message;
|
||||||
|
bool show_libparted_message = true ;
|
||||||
|
PedExceptionOption PedException_Handler (PedException* ex)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
error_message = ex -> message ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( show_libparted_message )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Label *label_temp;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::HBox *hbox_filler;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring message = "<span weight=\"bold\" size=\"larger\">" + (Glib::ustring) _( "Libparted message" ) + "</span>\n\n" ;
|
||||||
|
message += (Glib::ustring) _( "This message directly comes from libparted and has little to do with GParted. However, the message might contain useful information, so you might decide to read it.") + "\n";
|
||||||
|
message += _( "If you don't want to see these messages any longer, it's safe to disable them.") ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::MessageDialog dialog( message,true,Gtk::MESSAGE_WARNING , Gtk::BUTTONS_OK, true);
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Frame frame_libparted_message ;
|
||||||
|
frame_libparted_message .set_size_request( 400, -1 );
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label("<b>" + (Glib::ustring) _( "Libparted message") + ": </b>" ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp ->set_use_markup( true ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_libparted_message .set_label_widget( *label_temp ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame_libparted_message .set_border_width( 5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label( ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp ->set_size_request( 55, -1 ) ; //used like a simple filler ( remember this html cursus :-P )
|
||||||
|
hbox_filler = manage( new Gtk::HBox() ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_filler ->pack_start ( *label_temp, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_filler ->pack_start ( frame_libparted_message, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dialog .get_vbox() ->pack_start( *hbox_filler, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Label label_libparted_message( "<i>" + error_message + "</i>" ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_libparted_message .set_selectable( true ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_libparted_message .set_use_markup( true ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_libparted_message .set_line_wrap( true ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_libparted_message.add ( label_libparted_message ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::CheckButton checkbutton_message( _( "Hide libparted messages for this session" ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
checkbutton_message .set_border_width( 5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label( ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp ->set_size_request( 55, -1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_filler = manage( new Gtk::HBox() ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_filler ->pack_start ( *label_temp, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_filler ->pack_start ( checkbutton_message, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dialog .get_vbox() ->pack_start( *hbox_filler, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dialog .show_all_children() ;
|
||||||
|
dialog .run();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
show_libparted_message = ! checkbutton_message .get_active() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return PED_EXCEPTION_UNHANDLED ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Device::Device()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Device::Device( const Glib::ustring & device_path )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_set_handler( PedException_Handler ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->realpath = device_path ; //this one is used by open_device_and_disk
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->length = 0;//lazy check.. if something goes wrong while reading the device, length will stay zero and i will know it ( see Win_GParted::Find_Devices )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( ! open_device_and_disk() )
|
||||||
|
return ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->model = device ->model ;
|
||||||
|
this ->path = get_sym_path( device ->path ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->disktype = disk ->type ->name ;
|
||||||
|
this ->heads = device ->bios_geom.heads ;
|
||||||
|
this ->sectors = device ->bios_geom.sectors ;
|
||||||
|
this ->cylinders = device ->bios_geom.cylinders ;
|
||||||
|
this ->length = heads * sectors * cylinders ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//get valid flags for this device
|
||||||
|
for ( PedPartitionFlag flag = ped_partition_flag_next ( (PedPartitionFlag) 0 ) ; flag ; flag = ped_partition_flag_next ( flag ) )
|
||||||
|
flags .push_back( flag ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Read_Disk_Layout() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Device::Read_Disk_Layout()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//clear partitions
|
||||||
|
this ->device_partitions .clear () ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c_partition = ped_disk_next_partition ( disk, NULL) ;
|
||||||
|
while ( c_partition )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
os << this ->path << c_partition ->num ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
switch( c_partition ->type )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//NORMAL (PRIMARY)
|
||||||
|
case 0 : if ( c_partition ->fs_type )
|
||||||
|
temp = c_partition ->fs_type ->name ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{temp = "unknown" ; this ->error = (Glib::ustring) _( "Unable to detect filesystem! Possible reasons are:" ) + "\n-" + (Glib::ustring) _( "The filesystem is damaged" ) + "\n-" + (Glib::ustring) _( "The filesystem is unknown to libparted" ) + "\n-" + (Glib::ustring) _( "There is no filesystem available (unformatted)" ) ; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set( os.str(),c_partition ->num , GParted::PRIMARY, temp, c_partition ->geom .start, c_partition ->geom .end, Get_Used_Sectors( c_partition , os.str() ) , false, ped_partition_is_busy( c_partition ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partition_temp .flags = Get_Flags( c_partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
partition_temp .error = this ->error ;
|
||||||
|
device_partitions.push_back( partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
//LOGICAL
|
||||||
|
case 1: if ( c_partition ->fs_type )
|
||||||
|
temp = c_partition ->fs_type ->name ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{temp = "unknown" ; this ->error = (Glib::ustring) _( "Unable to detect filesystem! Possible reasons are:" ) + "\n-" + (Glib::ustring) _( "The filesystem is damaged" ) + "\n-" + (Glib::ustring) _( "The filesystem is unknown to libparted" ) + "\n-" + (Glib::ustring) _( "There is no filesystem available (unformatted)" ) ; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set( os.str(), c_partition ->num, GParted::LOGICAL, temp, c_partition ->geom .start, c_partition ->geom .end, Get_Used_Sectors( c_partition , os.str() ) , true, ped_partition_is_busy( c_partition ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partition_temp .flags = Get_Flags( c_partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
partition_temp .error = this ->error ;
|
||||||
|
device_partitions.push_back( partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
//EXTENDED
|
||||||
|
case 2: partition_temp.Set( os.str(), c_partition ->num, GParted::EXTENDED, "extended", c_partition ->geom .start, c_partition ->geom .end , -1, false, ped_partition_is_busy( c_partition ) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partition_temp .flags = Get_Flags( c_partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
partition_temp .error = this ->error ;
|
||||||
|
device_partitions.push_back( partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
//FREESPACE OUTSIDE EXTENDED
|
||||||
|
case 4: if ( (c_partition ->geom .end - c_partition ->geom .start) > MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( c_partition ->geom .start , c_partition ->geom .end, false );
|
||||||
|
device_partitions.push_back( partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break ;
|
||||||
|
//FREESPACE INSIDE EXTENDED
|
||||||
|
case 5: if ( (c_partition ->geom .end - c_partition ->geom .start) > MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( c_partition ->geom .start , c_partition ->geom .end, true );
|
||||||
|
device_partitions.push_back( partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break ;
|
||||||
|
//METADATA (do nothing)
|
||||||
|
default: break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//reset stuff..
|
||||||
|
this ->error = ""; error_message = ""; os.str("");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//next partition (if any)
|
||||||
|
c_partition = ped_disk_next_partition ( disk, c_partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Device::Delete_Partition( const Partition & partition )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( partition .type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
c_partition = ped_disk_extended_partition( disk ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
c_partition = ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector( disk, (partition .sector_end + partition .sector_start) / 2 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( ! ped_disk_delete_partition( disk, c_partition ) )
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return Commit() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int Device::Create_Empty_Partition( const Partition & new_partition, PedConstraint * constraint )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedPartitionType type;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *c_part = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//create new partition
|
||||||
|
switch ( new_partition .type )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case 0 : type = PED_PARTITION_NORMAL; break;
|
||||||
|
case 1 : type = PED_PARTITION_LOGICAL; break;
|
||||||
|
case 2 : type = PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED; break;
|
||||||
|
default : break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
c_part = ped_partition_new ( disk, type, NULL, new_partition .sector_start, new_partition .sector_end ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//create constraint
|
||||||
|
if ( ! constraint )
|
||||||
|
constraint = ped_constraint_any ( device);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//and add the whole thingy to disk..
|
||||||
|
if ( ! constraint || ! ped_disk_add_partition (disk, c_part, constraint) || ! Commit() )
|
||||||
|
return 0 ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
return c_part ->num;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Device::Create_Partition_With_Filesystem( Partition & new_part, PedTimer * timer)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//no need to create a filesystem on an extended partition
|
||||||
|
if ( new_part .type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
return Create_Empty_Partition( new_part ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
new_part .partition_number = Create_Empty_Partition( new_part ) ;
|
||||||
|
return Set_Partition_Filesystem( new_part, timer ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Device::Move_Resize_Partition( const Partition & partition_original, const Partition & partition_new , PedTimer *timer )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *c_part = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystem *fs = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
PedConstraint *constraint = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//since resizing extended is a bit different i handle it elsewhere..
|
||||||
|
if ( partition_new.type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
return Resize_Extended( partition_new, timer ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//normal partitions....
|
||||||
|
c_part = ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector( disk, (partition_original .sector_end + partition_original .sector_start) / 2 ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( ! c_part )
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fs = ped_file_system_open (& c_part->geom );
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fs )
|
||||||
|
return false ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
constraint = ped_file_system_get_resize_constraint (fs);
|
||||||
|
if ( ! constraint )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( ! ped_disk_set_partition_geom (disk, c_part, constraint, partition_new .sector_start, partition_new .sector_end ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
return false ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( ! ped_file_system_resize (fs, & c_part->geom, timer) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
return false ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return Commit() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Device::Set_Partition_Filesystem( const Partition & new_partition, PedTimer * timer)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( new_partition .partition_number <= 0 )
|
||||||
|
return false ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *c_part = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystemType *fs_type = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystem *fs = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c_part = ped_disk_get_partition_by_sector( disk, (new_partition .sector_end + new_partition .sector_start) / 2 ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( ! c_part )
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fs_type = ped_file_system_type_get ( new_partition .filesystem .c_str() ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fs_type )
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fs = ped_file_system_create ( & c_part ->geom, fs_type, timer);
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fs )
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( ! ped_partition_set_system (c_part, fs_type ) )
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return Commit() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Device::Copy_Partition( Device *source_device, const Partition & source_partition, PedTimer * timer)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *c_part_src = NULL;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystem *src_fs = NULL;
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *c_part = NULL;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystem *dst_fs = NULL;
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystemType* dst_fs_type = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//prepare source for reading
|
||||||
|
if ( source_device ->Get_Path() == this ->path )
|
||||||
|
c_part_src = ped_disk_get_partition( disk, source_partition .partition_number ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
c_part_src = source_device ->Get_c_partition( source_partition .partition_number ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( ! c_part_src )
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
src_fs = ped_file_system_open ( &c_part_src ->geom );
|
||||||
|
if ( ! src_fs )
|
||||||
|
return false ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//create new empty partition
|
||||||
|
c_part = ped_disk_get_partition( disk,Create_Empty_Partition( source_partition, ped_file_system_get_copy_constraint ( src_fs, device ) ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( ! c_part )
|
||||||
|
return false ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//and do the copy
|
||||||
|
dst_fs = ped_file_system_copy (src_fs, &c_part ->geom, timer);
|
||||||
|
if ( ! dst_fs )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (src_fs);
|
||||||
|
return false ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dst_fs_type = dst_fs ->type; // may be different to src_fs->type
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (src_fs);
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (dst_fs);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( !ped_partition_set_system (c_part, dst_fs_type) )
|
||||||
|
return false ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return Commit() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Device::Resize_Extended( const Partition & partition , PedTimer *timer)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedPartition *c_part = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
PedConstraint *constraint = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
c_part = ped_disk_extended_partition( disk ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( ! c_part )
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
constraint = ped_constraint_any ( device );
|
||||||
|
if ( ! constraint )
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( ! ped_disk_set_partition_geom (disk, c_part, constraint, partition.sector_start, partition.sector_end ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
return false ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_partition_set_system ( c_part, NULL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ped_constraint_destroy (constraint);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return Commit() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Device::Commit()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
bool return_value = ped_disk_commit_to_dev( disk ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//i don't want this annoying "warning couldn't reread blabla" message all the time. I throw one myself if necessary )
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_fetch_all() ;
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_commit_to_os( disk ) ;
|
||||||
|
ped_exception_leave_all() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return return_value ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
PedPartition * Device::Get_c_partition( int part_num )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return ped_disk_get_partition( disk, part_num ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Device::Get_Partitions()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return device_partitions;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Sector Device::Get_Length()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return length ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
long Device::Get_Heads()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return heads ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
long Device::Get_Sectors()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return sectors ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
long Device:: Get_Cylinders()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return cylinders ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Device::Get_Model()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return model ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Device::Get_Path()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return path ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Device::Get_RealPath()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return realpath ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Device::Get_DiskType()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return disktype ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Device::Get_any_busy()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
for ( unsigned int t=0;t<device_partitions.size(); t++ )
|
||||||
|
if ( device_partitions[t].busy )
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int Device::Get_Max_Amount_Of_Primary_Partitions()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return ped_disk_get_max_primary_partition_count( disk ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Sector Device::Get_Used_Sectors( PedPartition *c_partition, const Glib::ustring & sym_path)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/* This is quite an unreliable process, atm i try two different methods, but since both are far from perfect the results are
|
||||||
|
* questionable.
|
||||||
|
* - first i try geometry.get_used() in libpartedpp, i implemented this function to check the minimal size when resizing a partition. Disadvantage
|
||||||
|
* of this method is the fact it won't work on mounted filesystems. Besides that, its SLOW
|
||||||
|
* - if the former method fails ( result is -1 ) i'll try to read the output from the df command ( df -k --sync <partition path> )
|
||||||
|
* - if this fails the filesystem on the partition is ( more or less ) unknown to the operating system and therefore the unused sectors cannot be calcualted
|
||||||
|
* - as soon as i have my internetconnection back i should ask people with more experience on this stuff for advice !
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//check if there is a (known) filesystem
|
||||||
|
if ( ! c_partition ->fs_type )
|
||||||
|
return -1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//used sectors are not relevant for swapspace
|
||||||
|
if ( (Glib::ustring) c_partition ->fs_type ->name == "linux-swap" )
|
||||||
|
return -1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//METHOD #1
|
||||||
|
//the getused method doesn't work on mounted partitions and for some filesystems ( i *guess* this is called check by andrew )
|
||||||
|
if ( ! ped_partition_is_busy( c_partition ) && (Glib::ustring) c_partition ->fs_type ->name != "ntfs" )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
PedFileSystem *fs = NULL;
|
||||||
|
PedConstraint *constraint = NULL;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fs = ped_file_system_open( & c_partition ->geom ); //opening a filesystem is *SLOOOWW* :-(
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( fs )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
constraint = ped_file_system_get_resize_constraint (fs);
|
||||||
|
ped_file_system_close (fs);
|
||||||
|
if ( constraint && constraint->min_size != -1 ) //apperantly the compiler evaluates constraint != NULL before the min_size check. Very nice! :D
|
||||||
|
return constraint->min_size ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
this ->error = error_message ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//METHOD #2
|
||||||
|
//this ony works for mounted ( and therefore known to the OS ) filesystems. My method is quite crude, keep in mind it's only temporarely ;-)
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring buf;
|
||||||
|
system( ("df -k --sync " + sym_path + " | grep " + sym_path + " > /tmp/.tmp_gparted").c_str() );
|
||||||
|
std::ifstream file_input( "/tmp/.tmp_gparted" );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
file_input >> buf; //skip first value
|
||||||
|
file_input >> buf;
|
||||||
|
if ( buf != "0" && ! buf.empty() )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
file_input >> buf;
|
||||||
|
file_input.close(); system( "rm -f /tmp/.tmp_gparted" );
|
||||||
|
return atoi( buf.c_str() ) * 1024/512 ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
file_input.close(); system( "rm -f /tmp/.tmp_gparted" );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return -1 ; //all methods were unsuccesfull
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Device::Get_Flags( PedPartition *c_partition )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
temp = "";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for ( unsigned short t = 0; t < flags.size() ; t++ )
|
||||||
|
if ( ped_partition_get_flag ( c_partition, flags[ t ] ) )
|
||||||
|
temp += (Glib::ustring) ped_partition_flag_get_name ( flags[ t ] ) + " ";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return temp ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Device::open_device_and_disk()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
device = ped_device_get( this->realpath .c_str() );
|
||||||
|
if ( device )
|
||||||
|
disk = ped_disk_new( device );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( ! device || ! disk )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( device )
|
||||||
|
{ ped_device_destroy( device ) ; device = NULL ; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return false;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Device::close_device_and_disk()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( device )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ped_device_destroy( device ) ;
|
||||||
|
device = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( disk )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
ped_disk_destroy( disk ) ;
|
||||||
|
disk = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Device::~Device()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
close_device_and_disk() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_About.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dialog_About::Dialog_About()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title */
|
||||||
|
this ->set_title( _( "About GParted" ) );
|
||||||
|
this ->set_size_request( -1, 220 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->set_resizable( false );
|
||||||
|
this ->set_has_separator( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label() ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp -> set_markup( "\n<span size='small'>logo here ;)</span>\n" ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox()->pack_start( *label_temp ,Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label() ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp -> set_markup( "<span size='xx-large'><b>" + (Glib::ustring) _( "GParted" ) + " 0.0.4</b></span>" ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox()->pack_start( *label_temp ,Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label() ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp -> set_text( "\n" + (Glib::ustring) _( "Gnome Partition Editor based on libparted" ) + "\n" ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox()->pack_start( *label_temp ,Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label() ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp -> set_markup( "<span size='small'>" + (Glib::ustring) _( "Copyright (c)" ) + " 2004 Bart Hakvoort</span>" ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox()->pack_start( *label_temp ,Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label() ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp -> set_markup( "<span size='small'>http://gparted.sourceforge.net</span>" ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp -> set_selectable( true ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox()->pack_start( *label_temp ,Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label() ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp -> set_text( "\t\t" ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
button_credits.add_pixlabel( "/usr/share/icons/hicolor/16x16/stock/generic/stock_about.png", "Credits", 0, 0.5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
button_credits.signal_clicked() .connect( sigc::mem_fun( this, &Dialog_About::Show_Credits ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->get_action_area() ->pack_start( button_credits ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_action_area() ->pack_start( *label_temp ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->add_button( Gtk::Stock::CLOSE, Gtk::RESPONSE_CLOSE );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->show_all_children() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_About::Show_Credits()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Dialog dialog( _("Credits"), *this ) ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Notebook notebook_credits;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::VBox vbox_written, vbox_documented, vbox_translators ;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Label label_writers( "Bart Hakvoort (gparted@users.sourceforge.net)");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vbox_written .set_border_width( 5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
vbox_written .pack_start( label_writers, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
notebook_credits .set_size_request( -1, 200 ) ;
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: tablabel in aboutdialog */
|
||||||
|
notebook_credits .append_page( vbox_written, _("Written by") ) ;
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: tablabel in aboutdialog */
|
||||||
|
notebook_credits .append_page( vbox_documented, _("Documented by") ) ;
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: tablabel in aboutdialog */
|
||||||
|
notebook_credits .append_page( vbox_translators, _("Translated by") ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dialog .get_vbox()->pack_start( notebook_credits, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
dialog .add_button( Gtk::Stock::CLOSE, Gtk::RESPONSE_CLOSE );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dialog .set_resizable( false );
|
||||||
|
dialog .show_all_children() ;
|
||||||
|
dialog .run() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Base_Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Base_Partition::Dialog_Base_Partition( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->set_has_separator( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base = NULL;
|
||||||
|
GRIP = false ;
|
||||||
|
this -> fixed_start = false ;
|
||||||
|
this -> set_resizable( false );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//pack resizer hbox
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox() ->pack_start( hbox_resizer, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//add label_minmax
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox() ->pack_start( label_minmax, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//pack hbox_main
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox() ->pack_start( hbox_main, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//put the vbox with resizer stuff (cool widget and spinbuttons) in the hbox_main
|
||||||
|
hbox_main .pack_start( vbox_resize_move, Gtk::PACK_EXPAND_PADDING);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//fill table
|
||||||
|
table_resize .set_border_width( 5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
table_resize .set_row_spacings( 5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_table.pack_start( table_resize, Gtk::PACK_EXPAND_PADDING ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
hbox_table .set_border_width( 5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
vbox_resize_move .pack_start( hbox_table, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//add spinbutton_before
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label( (Glib::ustring) _( "Free Space Preceding") + " (MB) :\t" ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
table_resize.attach( *label_temp, 0,1,0,1,Gtk::SHRINK);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_numeric( true );
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_increments( 1, 100 );
|
||||||
|
table_resize.attach( spinbutton_before, 1,2,0,1,Gtk::FILL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//add spinbutton_size
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label( (Glib::ustring) _( "New Size") + " (MB) :" ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp ->set_alignment( Gtk::ALIGN_LEFT );
|
||||||
|
table_resize.attach( *label_temp, 0,1,1,2 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_numeric( true );
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_increments( 1, 100 );
|
||||||
|
table_resize.attach( spinbutton_size, 1,2,1,2,Gtk::FILL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//add spinbutton_after
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label( (Glib::ustring) _( "Free Space Following") + " (MB) :" ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp ->set_alignment( Gtk::ALIGN_LEFT );
|
||||||
|
table_resize.attach( *label_temp, 0,1,2,3 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_numeric( true );
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_increments( 1, 100 );
|
||||||
|
table_resize.attach( spinbutton_after, 1,2,2,3,Gtk::FILL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fixed_start )
|
||||||
|
before_value = spinbutton_before .get_value() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//connect signalhandlers of the spinbuttons
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fixed_start )
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .signal_value_changed().connect( sigc::bind<SPINBUTTON>( sigc::mem_fun( *this, &Dialog_Base_Partition::on_spinbutton_value_changed), BEFORE) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .signal_value_changed().connect( sigc::bind<SPINBUTTON>( sigc::mem_fun( *this, &Dialog_Base_Partition::on_spinbutton_value_changed), SIZE) ) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .signal_value_changed().connect( sigc::bind<SPINBUTTON>( sigc::mem_fun( *this, &Dialog_Base_Partition::on_spinbutton_value_changed), AFTER) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//pack label which warns about small differences in values..
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label( ) );
|
||||||
|
label_temp ->set_markup( "\n <i>" + (Glib::ustring) _( "NOTE: values on disk may differ slightly from the values entered here.") + "</i>" );
|
||||||
|
label_temp ->set_alignment( Gtk::ALIGN_LEFT ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox() ->pack_start( *label_temp, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox() ->pack_start( *( manage( new Gtk::Label( "") ) ), Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ); //filler :-P
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this->add_button( Gtk::Stock::CANCEL,Gtk::RESPONSE_CANCEL );
|
||||||
|
this ->show_all_children() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Base_Partition::Set_Resizer( bool extended )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( extended )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base = new Frame_Resizer_Extended( ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base = new Frame_Resizer_Base( ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->signal_move .connect ( sigc::mem_fun( this, &Dialog_Base_Partition::on_signal_move) );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_border_width( 5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_shadow_type(Gtk::SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//connect signals
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->signal_resize .connect ( sigc::mem_fun( this, &Dialog_Base_Partition::on_signal_resize) );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
hbox_resizer .pack_start( *frame_resizer_base, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->show_all_children() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Partition Dialog_Base_Partition::Get_New_Partition()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//no need to set the start of a fixed_start one ;-)
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fixed_start )
|
||||||
|
selected_partition.sector_start = START + (Sector) spinbutton_before .get_value() * MEGABYTE ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
selected_partition.sector_end = selected_partition.sector_start + (Sector) spinbutton_size.get_value() * MEGABYTE ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//due to loss of precision during calcs from Sector -> MB and back, it is possible the new partition thinks it's bigger then it can be. Here we solve this.
|
||||||
|
if ( selected_partition.sector_start < START )
|
||||||
|
selected_partition.sector_start = START ;
|
||||||
|
if ( selected_partition.sector_end > (START + total_length) )
|
||||||
|
selected_partition.sector_end = START + total_length ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//grow a bit into small freespace ( < 1MB )
|
||||||
|
if ( (selected_partition.sector_start - START) < MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
selected_partition.sector_start = START ;
|
||||||
|
if ( ( START + total_length - selected_partition.sector_end ) < MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
selected_partition.sector_end = START + total_length ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set new value of unused..
|
||||||
|
if ( selected_partition .sectors_used != -1 )
|
||||||
|
selected_partition .sectors_unused = ( selected_partition .sector_end - selected_partition .sector_start) - selected_partition .sectors_used ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return selected_partition ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Base_Partition::Set_Confirm_Button( CONFIRMBUTTON button_type )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
switch( button_type )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case NEW : this->add_button( Gtk::Stock::ADD,Gtk::RESPONSE_OK );
|
||||||
|
break ;
|
||||||
|
case RESIZE_MOVE : if ( selected_partition.filesystem == "ext2" || selected_partition.filesystem == "ext3" )
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label( _("Resize") ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label( _("Resize/Move") ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
image_temp = manage( new Gtk::Image( Gtk::Stock::GOTO_LAST, Gtk::ICON_SIZE_BUTTON ) );
|
||||||
|
hbox_resize_move .pack_start( *image_temp, Gtk::PACK_EXPAND_PADDING ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_resize_move .pack_start( *label_temp, Gtk::PACK_EXPAND_PADDING ) ;
|
||||||
|
button_resize_move .add( hbox_resize_move ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->add_action_widget ( button_resize_move,Gtk::RESPONSE_OK ) ;
|
||||||
|
button_resize_move .set_sensitive( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
break ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
case PASTE : this->add_button( Gtk::Stock::PASTE,Gtk::RESPONSE_OK );
|
||||||
|
break ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Base_Partition::on_signal_move( int x_start, int x_end )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
GRIP = true ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( x_start == 0 )
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_value( 0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_value( x_start * MB_PER_PIXEL ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( x_end == 500 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_value(0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_value( TOTAL_MB - spinbutton_size .get_value() ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_value( TOTAL_MB - spinbutton_before .get_value() - spinbutton_size .get_value() ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->x_start = x_start ;
|
||||||
|
this ->x_end = x_end ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Check_Change() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GRIP = false ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Base_Partition::on_signal_resize( int x_start, int x_end, Frame_Resizer_Base::ArrowType arrow)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
GRIP = true ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//check for upper/lower limit fat16
|
||||||
|
if ( selected_partition.filesystem == "fat16" && ( ( x_end - x_start ) * MB_PER_PIXEL > 1023 || ( x_end - x_start ) * MB_PER_PIXEL < 32 ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_start( this ->x_start );
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_end( this ->x_end );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->Draw_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
GRIP = false ;
|
||||||
|
return ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//check for lower limit fat32
|
||||||
|
if ( selected_partition.filesystem == "fat32" && ( x_end - x_start ) * MB_PER_PIXEL < 256 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_start( this ->x_start );
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_end( this ->x_end );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->Draw_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
GRIP = false ;
|
||||||
|
return ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_value( ( x_end - x_start ) * MB_PER_PIXEL ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fixed_start ? before_value = 0 : before_value = spinbutton_before .get_value() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( arrow == Frame_Resizer_Base::ARROW_RIGHT ) //don't touch freespace before, leave it as it is
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( x_end == 500 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_value(0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_value( TOTAL_MB - before_value ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_value( TOTAL_MB - before_value - spinbutton_size .get_value() ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else if ( arrow == Frame_Resizer_Base::ARROW_LEFT ) //don't touch freespace after, leave it as it is
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( x_start == 0 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_value( 0 );
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_value( TOTAL_MB - spinbutton_after.get_value() ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_value( TOTAL_MB - spinbutton_size .get_value() - spinbutton_after .get_value() ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->x_start = x_start ;
|
||||||
|
this ->x_end = x_end ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Check_Change() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GRIP = false ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Base_Partition::on_spinbutton_value_changed( SPINBUTTON spinbutton )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( ! GRIP )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//i expect libparted soon to be able to move startpoint of ext2/3 as well, so everything is ready for it. Till then this rudimentary check
|
||||||
|
fixed_start ? before_value = 0 : before_value = spinbutton_before .get_value() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//Balance the spinbuttons
|
||||||
|
switch ( spinbutton )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case BEFORE : spinbutton_after.set_value( TOTAL_MB - spinbutton_size.get_value() - before_value) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size.set_value( TOTAL_MB - before_value - spinbutton_after.get_value( ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case SIZE : spinbutton_after.set_value( TOTAL_MB - before_value - spinbutton_size.get_value() );
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fixed_start )
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_value( TOTAL_MB - spinbutton_size.get_value() - spinbutton_after.get_value() );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case AFTER : if ( ! fixed_start )
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_value( TOTAL_MB - spinbutton_size.get_value() - spinbutton_after.get_value() );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size.set_value( TOTAL_MB - before_value - spinbutton_after.get_value( ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//And apply the changes to the visual view...
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fixed_start )
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_start( (int) (spinbutton_before .get_value() / MB_PER_PIXEL + 0.5) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_end( (int) ( 500 - ( (double) spinbutton_after .get_value() / MB_PER_PIXEL ) + 0.5 ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->x_start = frame_resizer_base ->get_x_start() ;
|
||||||
|
this ->x_end = frame_resizer_base ->get_x_end() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->Draw_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Check_Change() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Base_Partition::Check_Change()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( ORIG_BEFORE == spinbutton_before .get_value_as_int() &&
|
||||||
|
ORIG_SIZE == spinbutton_size .get_value_as_int() &&
|
||||||
|
ORIG_AFTER == spinbutton_after .get_value_as_int()
|
||||||
|
)
|
||||||
|
button_resize_move .set_sensitive( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
button_resize_move .set_sensitive( true ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Base_Partition::~Dialog_Base_Partition()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( frame_resizer_base )
|
||||||
|
delete frame_resizer_base ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Partition_Copy.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_Copy::Dialog_Partition_Copy()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Set_Resizer( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
Set_Confirm_Button( PASTE ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Partition_Copy::Set_Data( Partition & selected_partition, Partition & copied_partition )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
GRIP = true ; //prevents on spinbutton_changed from getting activated prematurely
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle, looks like Paste /dev/hda3 */
|
||||||
|
this ->set_title( (Glib::ustring) _( "Paste" ) + " " + copied_partition .partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set partition color
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_rgb_partition_color( copied_partition .color ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set some widely used values...
|
||||||
|
START = selected_partition.sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
total_length = selected_partition.sector_end - selected_partition.sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
TOTAL_MB = selected_partition .Get_Length_MB() ;
|
||||||
|
MB_PER_PIXEL = (double) TOTAL_MB / 500 ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//now calculate proportional length of partition
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_start( 0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_end( ( Round( (double) (copied_partition.sector_end - copied_partition.sector_start) / ( (double)total_length/500) )) ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_used( frame_resizer_base ->get_x_end() ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set values of spinbutton_before
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_range( 0, TOTAL_MB - copied_partition .Get_Length_MB() -1 ) ;//mind the -1 !!
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_value( 0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set values of spinbutton_size (check for fat16 maxsize of 1023 MB)
|
||||||
|
double UPPER;
|
||||||
|
if ( copied_partition.filesystem == "fat16" && Sector_To_MB( total_length ) > 1023 )
|
||||||
|
UPPER = 1023 ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
UPPER = TOTAL_MB;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_range( copied_partition .Get_Length_MB() +1, UPPER ) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_value( copied_partition .Get_Length_MB() ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set values of spinbutton_after
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_range( 0, TOTAL_MB - copied_partition .Get_Length_MB() -1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_value( TOTAL_MB - copied_partition .Get_Length_MB() ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set contents of label_minmax
|
||||||
|
os << _("Minimum Size") << ": " << copied_partition .Get_Length_MB() +1 ;
|
||||||
|
os << " MB\t\t" << _( "Maximum Size" ) << ": " << Sector_To_MB( total_length ) << " MB" ;
|
||||||
|
label_minmax.set_text( os.str() ) ; os.str("") ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set global selected_partition (see Dialog_Base_Partition::Get_New_Partition )
|
||||||
|
this ->selected_partition = copied_partition ;
|
||||||
|
this ->selected_partition .inside_extended = selected_partition .inside_extended ;
|
||||||
|
selected_partition .inside_extended ? this ->selected_partition .type = GParted::LOGICAL : this ->selected_partition .type = GParted::PRIMARY ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GRIP = false ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Partition_Info.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_Info::Dialog_Partition_Info( const Partition & partition )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this -> partition = partition ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this->set_resizable( false );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle, looks like Information about /dev/hda3 */
|
||||||
|
this->set_title( (Glib::ustring) _( "Information about") + " " + partition.partition );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
init_drawingarea() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//add label for detail and fill with relevant info
|
||||||
|
Display_Info() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//display error (if any)
|
||||||
|
if ( partition .error != "" )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
frame = manage( new Gtk::Frame() );
|
||||||
|
frame ->set_border_width( 10 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
image = manage( new Gtk::Image( Gtk::Stock::DIALOG_WARNING, Gtk::ICON_SIZE_BUTTON ) );
|
||||||
|
label = manage( new Gtk::Label( ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
label ->set_markup( "<b> " + (Glib::ustring) _( "Libparted message" ) + ": </b>" ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
hbox = manage( new Gtk::HBox() );
|
||||||
|
hbox ->pack_start( *image, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox ->pack_start( *label, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame ->set_label_widget( *hbox ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label = manage( new Gtk::Label( ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
label ->set_markup( "<i>" + partition.error + "</i>") ;
|
||||||
|
label ->set_selectable( true ) ;
|
||||||
|
label ->set_line_wrap( true ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame ->add( *label );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox() ->pack_start( *frame, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this->add_button( Gtk::Stock::CLOSE, Gtk::RESPONSE_OK );
|
||||||
|
this->show_all_children();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Partition_Info::drawingarea_on_realize( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
gc = Gdk::GC::create( drawingarea .get_window() );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->set_background( color_partition );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Dialog_Partition_Info::drawingarea_on_expose( GdkEventExpose *ev )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( partition.type != GParted::UNALLOCATED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//used
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_used );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, true, BORDER, BORDER, used ,34 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//unused
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_unused );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, true, BORDER + used, BORDER, unused,34 );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//text
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_text );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_layout( gc, BORDER +5, BORDER +1 , pango_layout ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Partition_Info::init_drawingarea()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .set_size_request( 375, 50 ) ;
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.signal_realize().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &Dialog_Partition_Info::drawingarea_on_realize) ) ;
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.signal_expose_event().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &Dialog_Partition_Info::drawingarea_on_expose) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame = manage( new Gtk::Frame() );
|
||||||
|
frame ->add ( drawingarea ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame ->set_shadow_type(Gtk::SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT);
|
||||||
|
frame ->set_border_width( 10 );
|
||||||
|
hbox = manage( new Gtk::HBox() ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox ->pack_start( *frame, Gtk::PACK_EXPAND_PADDING ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox() ->pack_start( *hbox, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//calculate proportional width of used and unused
|
||||||
|
used = unused = 0 ;
|
||||||
|
used = (int ) ( ( (375 - BORDER *2) / ( (double) (partition.sector_end - partition.sector_start) / partition.sectors_used ) )+0.5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
unused = 375 - used - (BORDER *2) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//allocate some colors
|
||||||
|
color_used.set( "#F8F8BA" ); this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_used ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partition .type == GParted::EXTENDED ? color_unused.set( "darkgrey" ) : color_unused.set( "white" ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_unused ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
color_text.set( "black" ); this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_text ) ;
|
||||||
|
color_partition = partition.color ; this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set text of pangolayout
|
||||||
|
os << partition .partition << "\n" << this -> partition .Get_Length_MB() << " MB";
|
||||||
|
pango_layout = drawingarea .create_pango_layout ( os.str() ) ;os.str("");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Partition_Info::Display_Info()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
table = manage( new Gtk::Table() ) ;
|
||||||
|
table ->set_border_width( 5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
table ->set_col_spacings(10 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_vbox() ->pack_start( *table , Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label = manage( new Gtk::Label( "<b>" ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + (Glib::ustring) _( "Filesystem" ) + ":\n" ) ; os << partition.filesystem << "\n";
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + (Glib::ustring) _( "Size" ) + ":\n" ) ; os << this -> partition .Get_Length_MB() << " MB\n";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( partition.sectors_used != -1 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + (Glib::ustring) _( "Used" ) + ":\n" ) ;
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + (Glib::ustring) _( "Unused" ) + ":\n" ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
os << this ->partition .Get_Used_MB() << " MB\n";
|
||||||
|
os << this ->partition .Get_Unused_MB() << " MB\n" ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int percent_used =(int) ( (double) partition.Get_Used_MB() / partition .Get_Length_MB() *100 +0.5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
os_percent << "\n\n( " << percent_used << "% )\n( " << 100 - percent_used << "% )\n\n\n";
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + (Glib::ustring) _( "Flags" ) + ":\n\n" ) ; os << partition .flags << "\n\n";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( partition.type != GParted::UNALLOCATED && partition .partition.substr( 0, 3 ) != "New" )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + (Glib::ustring) _("Path" ) + ":\n" ) ; os << partition.partition << "\n";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//get realpath
|
||||||
|
char real_path[4096] ;
|
||||||
|
realpath( partition.partition.c_str() , real_path );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//only show realpath if it's diffent from the short path...
|
||||||
|
if ( partition.partition != real_path )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + (Glib::ustring) _("Real Path" ) + ":\n" ) ;
|
||||||
|
os << (Glib::ustring) real_path << "\n";
|
||||||
|
os_percent << "\n" ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + (Glib::ustring) _("Status" ) + ":\n" ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( partition.busy )
|
||||||
|
Find_Status() ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( partition.type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
os << (Glib::ustring) _("Not busy (There are no mounted logical partitions)" ) + "\n";
|
||||||
|
else if ( partition.filesystem == "linux-swap" )
|
||||||
|
os << (Glib::ustring) _("Not active" ) + "\n";
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
os << (Glib::ustring) _("Not mounted" ) + "\n";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
os_percent << "\n\n" ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + "\n" ) ; os << "\n"; //splitter :P
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + (Glib::ustring) _("First Sector" ) + ":\n" ) ; os << partition.sector_start << "\n";
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + (Glib::ustring) _("Last Sector" ) + ":\n" ) ; os << partition.sector_end << "\n";
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + (Glib::ustring) _("Total Sectors" ) + ":\n" ) ; os << partition.sector_end - partition.sector_start << "\n";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label ->set_text( label ->get_text() + "</b>" ) ;
|
||||||
|
label ->set_use_markup( true ) ;
|
||||||
|
table ->attach( *label, 0,1,0,1,Gtk::SHRINK);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label = manage( new Gtk::Label( ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
label ->set_markup( os.str() ) ; os.str("") ;
|
||||||
|
table ->attach( *label, 1,2,0,1,Gtk::SHRINK);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label = manage( new Gtk::Label( ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
label ->set_markup( os_percent.str() + "\n\n\n\n" ) ; os_percent.str("") ;
|
||||||
|
table ->attach( *label, 1,2,0,1,Gtk::SHRINK);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Partition_Info::Find_Status()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( partition.type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
os << _("Busy (At least one logical partition is mounted)" ) << "\n";
|
||||||
|
return ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( partition.filesystem == "linux-swap" )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
os << _("Active") << "\n";
|
||||||
|
return ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//try to find the mountpoint in /proc/mounts
|
||||||
|
//get realpath
|
||||||
|
char real_path[4096] ;
|
||||||
|
realpath( partition.partition.c_str() , real_path );
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring mountpoint, partition_real_path = real_path ; //because root partition is listed as /dev/root we need te compare against te real path..
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::ifstream file_mounts( "/proc/mounts" ) ;
|
||||||
|
std::string line ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
while ( getline( file_mounts, line ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
realpath( line.substr( 0, line.find( ' ' ) ) .c_str() , real_path );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( partition_real_path == real_path )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
mountpoint = line.substr( line.find( ' ' ) +1, line .length() ) ;
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: used as: mounted on <mountpoint>*/
|
||||||
|
os << _("Mounted on") << " " << mountpoint .substr( 0, mountpoint .find( ' ' ) ) << "\n";
|
||||||
|
break ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
file_mounts .close() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//sometimes rootdevices are not listed as paths. I'll take a guess and just enter / here...( we'll look into this when complaints start coming in :P )
|
||||||
|
if ( mountpoint.empty() )
|
||||||
|
os << _("Mounted on") << " /\n";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_Info::~Dialog_Partition_Info()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_used, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_unused, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_text, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_partition, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Partition_New.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_New::Dialog_Partition_New( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle */
|
||||||
|
this ->set_title( _("Create new Partition") ) ;
|
||||||
|
Set_Resizer( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
Set_Confirm_Button( NEW ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set partition color
|
||||||
|
color_temp .set( selected_partition .Get_Color( "ext2" ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_rgb_partition_color( color_temp ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set the resizer..
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_start( 0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_end( 500 ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_used( 0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Partition_New::Set_Data( const Partition & partition, bool any_extended, unsigned short new_count )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this->new_count = new_count;
|
||||||
|
this->selected_partition = partition;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//add table with selection menu;s...
|
||||||
|
table_create .set_border_width( 10 ) ;
|
||||||
|
table_create.set_row_spacings( 5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_main .pack_start( table_create, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: used as label for a list of choices. Create as: <optionmenu with choices> */
|
||||||
|
label_type.set_text( (Glib::ustring) _("Create as") + ":\t" );
|
||||||
|
table_create.attach( label_type, 0,1,0,1,Gtk::SHRINK);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//fill partitiontype menu
|
||||||
|
menu_type.items().push_back(Gtk::Menu_Helpers::MenuElem( "Primary") ) ;
|
||||||
|
menu_type.items().push_back(Gtk::Menu_Helpers::MenuElem( "Logical") ) ;
|
||||||
|
menu_type.items().push_back(Gtk::Menu_Helpers::MenuElem( "Extended") ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//determine which PartitionType is allowed
|
||||||
|
if ( partition.inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
menu_type.items()[0] . set_sensitive( false );
|
||||||
|
menu_type.items()[2] . set_sensitive( false );
|
||||||
|
menu_type.set_active( 1 );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
menu_type.items()[1] . set_sensitive( false );
|
||||||
|
if ( any_extended ) menu_type.items()[2] . set_sensitive( false );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
optionmenu_type.set_menu( menu_type );
|
||||||
|
optionmenu_type.set_size_request( 150, -1 ); //150 is the ideal width for this table column, (when one widget is set, the rest wil take this width as well)
|
||||||
|
optionmenu_type.signal_changed().connect( sigc::bind<bool>(sigc::mem_fun(*this, &Dialog_Partition_New::optionmenu_changed), true) );
|
||||||
|
table_create.attach( optionmenu_type, 1,2,0,1,Gtk::FILL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//filesystems to choose from
|
||||||
|
label_filesystem.set_text( (Glib::ustring) _("Filesystem") + ":\t" );
|
||||||
|
table_create.attach( label_filesystem, 0,1,1,2,Gtk::SHRINK);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Build_Filesystems_Menu() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
optionmenu_filesystem.set_menu( menu_filesystem );
|
||||||
|
optionmenu_filesystem.signal_changed().connect( sigc::bind<bool>(sigc::mem_fun(*this, &Dialog_Partition_New::optionmenu_changed), false) );
|
||||||
|
table_create.attach( optionmenu_filesystem, 1,2,1,2,Gtk::FILL);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set some widely used values...
|
||||||
|
START = partition.sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
total_length = partition.sector_end - partition.sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
TOTAL_MB = this ->selected_partition .Get_Length_MB() ;
|
||||||
|
MB_PER_PIXEL = (double) TOTAL_MB / 500 ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set spinbuttons
|
||||||
|
GRIP = true ; //prevents on spinbutton_changed from getting activated prematurely
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_range( 0, TOTAL_MB -1 ) ;//mind the -1 !!
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_value( 0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_range( 1, TOTAL_MB ) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_value( TOTAL_MB ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_range( 0, TOTAL_MB -1 ) ;//mind the -1 !!
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_value( 0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GRIP = false ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set contents of label_minmax
|
||||||
|
os << _("Minimum Size") << ": " << 1 << " MB\t\t";
|
||||||
|
os << _("Maximum Size") << ": " << TOTAL_MB << " MB" ;
|
||||||
|
label_minmax.set_text( os.str() ) ; os.str("") ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->show_all_children() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Partition Dialog_Partition_New::Get_New_Partition()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Partition part_temp ;
|
||||||
|
PartitionType part_type;
|
||||||
|
Sector new_start, new_end;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
switch ( optionmenu_type.get_history() )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case 0 : part_type = GParted::PRIMARY; break;
|
||||||
|
case 1 : part_type = GParted::LOGICAL; break;
|
||||||
|
case 2 : part_type = GParted::EXTENDED; break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
new_start = START + (Sector) (spinbutton_before .get_value() * MEGABYTE) ;
|
||||||
|
new_end = new_start + (Sector) (spinbutton_size .get_value() * MEGABYTE) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//due to loss of precision during calcs from Sector -> MB and back, it is possible the new partition thinks it's bigger then it can be. Here we try to solve this.
|
||||||
|
if ( new_start < selected_partition.sector_start )
|
||||||
|
new_start = selected_partition.sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
if ( new_end > selected_partition.sector_end )
|
||||||
|
new_end = selected_partition.sector_end ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
os << "New Partition #" << new_count;
|
||||||
|
part_temp.Set( os.str(), new_count, part_type , filesystems[ optionmenu_filesystem.get_history() ], new_start, new_end, -1, selected_partition.inside_extended, false) ; os.str("") ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//THIS SHOULD PROBABLY BE A SETTING IN USERSPACE! ( grow new partition a bit if freespaces are < 1 MB )
|
||||||
|
if ( (part_temp.sector_start - selected_partition.sector_start) < MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
part_temp.sector_start = selected_partition.sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
if ( (selected_partition.sector_end - part_temp.sector_end) < MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
part_temp.sector_end = selected_partition.sector_end ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return part_temp;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Partition_New::optionmenu_changed( bool type )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//optionmenu_type
|
||||||
|
if ( type )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if (optionmenu_type.get_history() == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
menu_filesystem.items().push_back(Gtk::Menu_Helpers::MenuElem( "extended") ) ;
|
||||||
|
optionmenu_filesystem.set_history( 5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
optionmenu_filesystem.set_sensitive( false );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else if ( menu_filesystem.items() .size() > 5 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
menu_filesystem.items() .remove( menu_filesystem.items() .back() );
|
||||||
|
optionmenu_filesystem.set_sensitive( true );
|
||||||
|
optionmenu_filesystem.set_history( 0 ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//optionmenu_filesystem
|
||||||
|
if ( ! type )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
selected_partition .filesystem = filesystems[ optionmenu_filesystem .get_history() ] ; //needed vor upper limit check (see also Dialog_Base_Partition::on_signal_resize )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set new spinbutton ranges
|
||||||
|
long MIN, MAX;
|
||||||
|
switch ( optionmenu_filesystem .get_history() )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case 1 : MIN = 32 ;
|
||||||
|
TOTAL_MB > 1023 ? MAX = 1023 : MAX = TOTAL_MB ;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case 2 : MIN = 256 ;
|
||||||
|
MAX = TOTAL_MB ;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
default : MIN = 1 ;
|
||||||
|
MAX = TOTAL_MB ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_range( 0, TOTAL_MB - MIN ) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_range( MIN, MAX ) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_range( 0, TOTAL_MB - MIN ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set contents of label_minmax
|
||||||
|
os << _("Minimum Size") << ": " << MIN << " MB\t\t";
|
||||||
|
os << _("Maximum Size") << ": " << MAX << " MB" ;
|
||||||
|
label_minmax.set_text( os.str() ) ; os.str("") ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set fitting resizer colors
|
||||||
|
//backgroundcolor..
|
||||||
|
optionmenu_type.get_history() == 2 ? color_temp .set( "darkgrey" ) : color_temp .set( "white" ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->override_default_rgb_unused_color( color_temp );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//partitioncolor..
|
||||||
|
color_temp .set( selected_partition .Get_Color( filesystems[ optionmenu_filesystem.get_history() ] ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_rgb_partition_color( color_temp ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->Draw_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Partition_New::Build_Filesystems_Menu()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//those filesystems can be created by libparted (NOTE: to create reiserfs you need libreiserfs, i'll look into that later )
|
||||||
|
filesystems.push_back( "ext2" );
|
||||||
|
filesystems.push_back( "fat16" );
|
||||||
|
filesystems.push_back( "fat32" );
|
||||||
|
filesystems.push_back( "linux-swap" );
|
||||||
|
filesystems.push_back( "ReiserFS" ); //libreiserfs needed
|
||||||
|
filesystems.push_back( "extended" ); //convenient ;)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//fill the filesystem menu with those filesystems (except for extended)
|
||||||
|
for ( unsigned int t=0; t< filesystems.size() -1 ; t++ )
|
||||||
|
menu_filesystem.items().push_back(Gtk::Menu_Helpers::MenuElem( filesystems[t] ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//check if selected unallocated is big enough for fat fs'es
|
||||||
|
if ( this ->selected_partition .Get_Length_MB() < 32 )
|
||||||
|
menu_filesystem.items()[ 1 ] .set_sensitive( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( this ->selected_partition .Get_Length_MB() < 256 )
|
||||||
|
menu_filesystem.items()[ 2 ] .set_sensitive( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//disable reiserfs for the time being...
|
||||||
|
menu_filesystem.items()[ 4 ] .set_sensitive( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move::Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move::Set_Data( const Partition & selected_partition, const std::vector <Partition> & partitions )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
GRIP = true ; //prevents on spinbutton_changed from getting activated prematurely
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->selected_partition = selected_partition ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( selected_partition .type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Set_Resizer( true ) ;
|
||||||
|
Resize_Move_Extended( partitions ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Set_Resizer( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
Resize_Move_Normal( partitions ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set partition color
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_rgb_partition_color( selected_partition .color ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set some initial values... ( i believe i only use these for fat16 checks.. *sigh* )
|
||||||
|
this ->x_start = frame_resizer_base ->get_x_start() ;
|
||||||
|
this ->x_end = frame_resizer_base ->get_x_end() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//store the original values
|
||||||
|
ORIG_BEFORE = spinbutton_before .get_value_as_int() ;
|
||||||
|
ORIG_SIZE = spinbutton_size .get_value_as_int() ;
|
||||||
|
ORIG_AFTER = spinbutton_after .get_value_as_int() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GRIP = false ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Set_Confirm_Button( RESIZE_MOVE ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->show_all_children() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move::Resize_Move_Normal( const std::vector <Partition> & partitions )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//see if we need a fixed_start
|
||||||
|
if ( selected_partition.filesystem == "ext2" || selected_partition.filesystem == "ext3" )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle. used as Resize /dev/hda1 */
|
||||||
|
this ->set_title( (Glib::ustring) _("Resize") + " " + selected_partition .partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->fixed_start = true;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_fixed_start( true ) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_sensitive( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: dialogtitle. used as Resize/Move /dev/hda1 */
|
||||||
|
this ->set_title( (Glib::ustring) _("Resize/Move") + " " + selected_partition .partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_fixed_start( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//calculate total size in MB's of previous, current and next partition
|
||||||
|
//first find index of partition
|
||||||
|
unsigned int t;
|
||||||
|
for ( t=0;t< partitions.size(); t++ )
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[t].sector_start == selected_partition.sector_start && partitions[t].type != GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Sector previous, next ;
|
||||||
|
previous = next = 0 ;
|
||||||
|
//also check the partitions filesystem ( if this is ext2/3 then previous should be 0 )
|
||||||
|
if ( t >= 1 && partitions[t -1].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED && selected_partition.filesystem != "ext2" && selected_partition.filesystem != "ext3" && partitions[t -1] .inside_extended == selected_partition.inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
previous = partitions[t -1].sector_end - partitions[t -1].sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
START = partitions[t -1].sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
START = selected_partition.sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( t +1 < partitions.size() && partitions[t +1].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED && partitions[t +1] .inside_extended == selected_partition.inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
next = partitions[t +1].sector_end - partitions[t +1].sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
total_length = previous + (selected_partition.sector_end - selected_partition.sector_start) + next;
|
||||||
|
TOTAL_MB = Sector_To_MB( total_length ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
MB_PER_PIXEL = (double) TOTAL_MB / 500 ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//now calculate proportional length of partition
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_start( Round( (double) previous / ( (double)total_length/500) ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_end( ( Round( (double) (selected_partition.sector_end - selected_partition.sector_start) / ( (double)total_length/500) )) + frame_resizer_base ->get_x_start() ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_used( Round( (double) selected_partition.sectors_used / ( (double)total_length/500) ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set values of spinbutton_before
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fixed_start )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_range( 0, Sector_To_MB(total_length - selected_partition.sectors_used) -1 ) ;//mind the -1 !!
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_value( Sector_To_MB( previous ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set values of spinbutton_size
|
||||||
|
//since some filesystems have upper and lower limits we need to check for this
|
||||||
|
double LOWER, UPPER;
|
||||||
|
if ( selected_partition.filesystem == "fat16" && selected_partition .Get_Used_MB() < 32 )
|
||||||
|
LOWER = 32 +1 ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( selected_partition.filesystem == "fat32" && selected_partition .Get_Used_MB() < 256 )
|
||||||
|
LOWER = 256 +1; //when shrinking to 256 the filesystem converts to fat16, thats why i added the 1
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
LOWER = selected_partition .Get_Used_MB() +1;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( selected_partition.filesystem == "fat16" && Sector_To_MB( total_length ) > 1023 )
|
||||||
|
UPPER = 1023 ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
UPPER = Sector_To_MB( total_length ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_range( LOWER , UPPER ) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_value( selected_partition .Get_Length_MB() ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set values of spinbutton_after
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_range( 0, Sector_To_MB( total_length ) - LOWER ) ;
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_value( Sector_To_MB( next ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set contents of label_minmax
|
||||||
|
os << _("Minimum Size") << ": " << LOWER << " MB\t\t";
|
||||||
|
os << _("Maximum Size") << ": " << Sector_To_MB( total_length ) << " MB" ;
|
||||||
|
label_minmax.set_text( os.str() ) ; os.str("") ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move::Resize_Move_Extended( const std::vector <Partition> & partitions )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//calculate total size in MB's of previous, current and next partition
|
||||||
|
//first find index of partition
|
||||||
|
unsigned int t;
|
||||||
|
for ( t=0;t< partitions.size(); t++ )
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[t].type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Sector previous, next ;
|
||||||
|
previous = next = 0 ;
|
||||||
|
//calculate length and start of previous
|
||||||
|
if ( t > 0 && partitions[t -1].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
previous = partitions[t -1].sector_end - partitions[t -1].sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
START = partitions[t -1].sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
START = selected_partition.sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//calculate length of next (in this case next should be the first partition OUTSIDE the extended .. )
|
||||||
|
for ( t+=1;t<partitions.size() ; t++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( ! partitions[t].inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[t].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED )
|
||||||
|
next = partitions[t].sector_end - partitions[t].sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//now we have enough data to calculate some important values..
|
||||||
|
total_length = previous + (selected_partition.sector_end - selected_partition.sector_start) + next;
|
||||||
|
TOTAL_MB = Sector_To_MB( total_length ) ;
|
||||||
|
MB_PER_PIXEL = (double) TOTAL_MB / 500 ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//calculate proportional length of partition ( in pixels )
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_start( Round( (double) previous / ( (double)total_length/500) ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_x_end( ( Round( (double) (selected_partition.sector_end - selected_partition.sector_start) / ( (double)total_length/500) )) + frame_resizer_base ->get_x_start() ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//used is a bit different here... we consider start of first logical to end last logical as used space
|
||||||
|
Sector first =0, used =0 ;
|
||||||
|
for ( t=0;t< partitions.size(); t++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[t].type == GParted::LOGICAL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( first == 0 )
|
||||||
|
first = partitions[t] .sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
used = partitions[t] .sector_end - first;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_used_start( Round( (double) (first - START) / ( (double)total_length/500) ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_resizer_base ->set_used( Round( (double) used / ( (double)total_length/500) ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set values of spinbutton_before (we assume there is no fixed start.)
|
||||||
|
if ( first == 0 ) //no logicals
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_range( 0, TOTAL_MB - 1) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_range( 0, Sector_To_MB (first - START) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_before .set_value( Sector_To_MB ( previous ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set values of spinbutton_size
|
||||||
|
if ( first == 0 ) //no logicals
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_range( 1 , TOTAL_MB ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_range( Sector_To_MB( used ) , TOTAL_MB ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_size .set_value( selected_partition .Get_Length_MB() ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set values of spinbutton_after
|
||||||
|
if ( first == 0 ) //no logicals
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_range( 0, TOTAL_MB -1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_range( 0, Sector_To_MB( total_length + START - first - used) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
spinbutton_after .set_value( Sector_To_MB( next ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set contents of label_minmax
|
||||||
|
os << _("Minimum Size") << ": " << Sector_To_MB( used ) +1 << " MB\t\t";
|
||||||
|
os << _("Maximum Size") << ": " << TOTAL_MB << " MB" ;
|
||||||
|
label_minmax.set_text( os.str() ) ; os.str("") ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Dialog_Progress.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Progress::Dialog_Progress( int count_operations, const Glib::ustring & first_operation )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->set_size_request( 500, 275 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->set_resizable( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->set_has_separator( false ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->set_title( _("Applying pending operations") ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->count_operations = count_operations ;
|
||||||
|
current_operation_number = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
fraction =(double) 1 / count_operations ;
|
||||||
|
fraction -= 1E-8 ; //minus 1E-8 is to prevent fraction from ever reaching >=1, it needs to be 0.0 < fraction < 1.0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label() ) ;
|
||||||
|
label_temp ->set_alignment( Gtk::ALIGN_LEFT );
|
||||||
|
os << "<span weight=\"bold\" size=\"larger\">" << _( "Applying pending operations" ) << "</span>\n\n" ;
|
||||||
|
os << _("All listed operations are applied to disk.") ;
|
||||||
|
os << "\n";
|
||||||
|
os << _("Clicking Cancel will prevent the next operations from being applied.") ;
|
||||||
|
os << "\n";
|
||||||
|
label_temp ->set_markup( os.str() ) ; os.str("") ;
|
||||||
|
this->get_vbox() ->pack_start( *label_temp, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
progressbar_current.set_text( _("initializing...") );
|
||||||
|
this->get_vbox() ->pack_start( progressbar_current , Gtk::PACK_SHRINK);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label_current.set_alignment( Gtk::ALIGN_LEFT );
|
||||||
|
label_current.set_markup( "<i>" + first_operation + "</i>" ) ;
|
||||||
|
this->get_vbox() ->pack_start( label_current, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label_all_operations.set_alignment( Gtk::ALIGN_LEFT );
|
||||||
|
label_all_operations.set_markup( "<b>\n" + (Glib::ustring) _( "Completed Operations" ) + ":</b>");
|
||||||
|
this->get_vbox() ->pack_start( label_all_operations, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("%d of %d operations complete"), 0, count_operations ) ;
|
||||||
|
progressbar_all.set_text( c_buf ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this->get_vbox() ->pack_start( progressbar_all, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this->get_vbox() ->set_spacing( 5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this->get_vbox() ->set_border_width( 15 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this->add_button( Gtk::Stock::CANCEL,Gtk::RESPONSE_CANCEL );//doesn't work for current operation
|
||||||
|
this->show_all_children() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Progress::~Dialog_Progress()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Progress::Set_Next_Operation( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
progressbar_all.set_fraction( progressbar_all.get_fraction() + fraction );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("%d of %d operations complete"), ++current_operation_number, count_operations ) ;
|
||||||
|
progressbar_all.set_text( c_buf ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
label_current.set_markup( "<i>" + current_operation + "</i>" ) ;
|
||||||
|
progressbar_current.set_fraction( 0 );
|
||||||
|
progressbar_current.set_text( "initializing..." );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Dialog_Progress::Set_Progress_Current_Operation( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
progressbar_current.set_fraction( fraction_current );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( time_left > 59 && time_left < 120 )
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("about %d minute and %d seconds left"), time_left/60, time_left % 60 ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("about %d minutes and %d seconds left"), time_left/60, time_left % 60 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
progressbar_current.set_text( c_buf ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Frame_Resizer_Base.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frame_Resizer_Base::Frame_Resizer_Base()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->fixed_start = false ;
|
||||||
|
init() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Base::init()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.set_size_request( 536, 50 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.signal_realize().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_realize) ) ;
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.signal_expose_event().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_expose) ) ;
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.signal_motion_notify_event().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_mouse_motion) ) ;
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.signal_button_press_event().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_button_press_event) ) ;
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.signal_button_release_event().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_button_release_event) ) ;
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.signal_leave_notify_event().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_leave_notify) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->add( drawingarea ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
color_used.set( "#F8F8BA" ); this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_used ) ;
|
||||||
|
color_unused.set( "white" ); this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_unused ) ;
|
||||||
|
color_arrow.set( "black" ); this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_arrow ) ;
|
||||||
|
color_background.set( "darkgrey" ); this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_background ) ;
|
||||||
|
color_arrow_rectangle.set( "lightgrey" ); this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_arrow_rectangle ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
cursor_resize = new Gdk::Cursor( Gdk::SB_H_DOUBLE_ARROW ) ;
|
||||||
|
cursor_normal = new Gdk::Cursor( Gdk::LEFT_PTR ) ;
|
||||||
|
cursor_move = new Gdk::Cursor( Gdk::FLEUR ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GRIP_MOVE = GRIP_LEFT = GRIP_RIGHT = false;
|
||||||
|
X_END = 0;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gdk::Point p;
|
||||||
|
p.set_y( 15); arrow_points.push_back( p ) ;
|
||||||
|
p.set_y( 25); arrow_points.push_back( p ) ;
|
||||||
|
p.set_y( 35); arrow_points.push_back( p ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this ->show_all_children();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Base::set_rgb_partition_color( const Gdk::Color & color )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_partition, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this->color_partition = color ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Base::override_default_rgb_unused_color( const Gdk::Color & color )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_unused, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this->color_unused = color ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_unused ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Base::set_x_start( int x_start)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->X_START = x_start +10;//space for leftgripper
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Base::set_x_end( int x_end )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->X_END = x_end +26 ; //space for leftgripper + 2 * BORDER
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Base::set_used( int used)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->USED = used ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Base::set_fixed_start( bool fixed_start )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->fixed_start = fixed_start ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Base::set_used_start( int used_start )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( used_start <= 0 )
|
||||||
|
this ->USED_START = 10 ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
this ->USED_START = used_start +10;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int Frame_Resizer_Base::get_used()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return USED ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int Frame_Resizer_Base::get_x_start()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return X_START -10 ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int Frame_Resizer_Base::get_x_end()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return X_END -26 ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_realize( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
gc = Gdk::GC::create( drawingarea .get_window() );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->set_background(color_background);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.add_events(Gdk::POINTER_MOTION_MASK );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.add_events(Gdk::BUTTON_PRESS_MASK );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.add_events(Gdk::BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea.add_events(Gdk::LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_expose( GdkEventExpose * ev )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Draw_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_mouse_motion( GdkEventMotion *ev )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( ! GRIP_LEFT && ! GRIP_RIGHT && ! GRIP_MOVE ) //no need to check this while resizing or moving
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//check if pointer is over a gripper
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fixed_start && ev ->x >= X_START -10 && ev ->x <= X_START && ev ->y >= 5 && ev ->y <= 45 ) //left grip
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_parent_window() ->set_cursor( *cursor_resize ) ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( ev ->x >= X_END && ev ->x <= X_END + 10 && ev ->y >= 5 && ev ->y <= 45 ) //right grip
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_parent_window() ->set_cursor( *cursor_resize ) ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( ! fixed_start && ev ->x >= X_START && ev ->x <= X_END ) //move grip
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_parent_window() ->set_cursor( *cursor_move ) ;
|
||||||
|
else //normal pointer
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_parent_window() ->set_cursor( *cursor_normal ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//here's where the real work is done ;-)
|
||||||
|
if ( GRIP_LEFT || GRIP_RIGHT || GRIP_MOVE)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( GRIP_LEFT && ev ->x >= 10 && ev ->x <= X_END - USED - BORDER * 2 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
X_START =(int) ev -> x ;
|
||||||
|
signal_resize.emit( X_START -10, X_END -26, ARROW_LEFT) ; //-10/-26 to get the real value ( this way gripper calculations are invisible outside this class )
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
else if ( GRIP_RIGHT && ev ->x >= X_START + USED + BORDER *2 && ev ->x <= 526 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
X_END = (int) ev ->x ;
|
||||||
|
signal_resize.emit( X_START -10, X_END -26, ARROW_RIGHT) ; //-10/-26 to get the real value ( this way gripper calculations are invisible outside this class )
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
else if ( GRIP_MOVE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
temp_x = X_START + ((int) ev ->x - X_START_MOVE);
|
||||||
|
temp_y = X_END + ( (int) ev ->x - X_START_MOVE);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( temp_x >= 10 && temp_y <= 526 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
X_START = temp_x ;
|
||||||
|
X_END = temp_y ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
X_START_MOVE = (int) ev ->x ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
signal_move.emit( X_START -10, X_END -26) ; //-10/-26 to get the real value ( this way gripper calculations are invisible outside this class )
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Draw_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_button_press_event( GdkEventButton *ev )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
GRIP_MOVE = false; GRIP_RIGHT = false; GRIP_LEFT = false ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fixed_start && ev ->x >= X_START -10 && ev ->x <= X_START && ev ->y >= 5 && ev ->y <= 45 ) //left grip
|
||||||
|
GRIP_LEFT = true ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( ev ->x >= X_END && ev ->x <= X_END + 10 && ev ->y >= 5 && ev ->y <= 45 ) //right grip
|
||||||
|
GRIP_RIGHT = true ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( ! fixed_start && ev ->x >= X_START && ev ->x <= X_END ) //move grip
|
||||||
|
{ GRIP_MOVE = true ; X_START_MOVE = (int)ev ->x; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_button_release_event( GdkEventButton *ev )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
GRIP_LEFT = false ; GRIP_RIGHT = false ; GRIP_MOVE = false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Frame_Resizer_Base::drawingarea_on_leave_notify( GdkEventCrossing *ev )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( ! GRIP_LEFT && ! GRIP_RIGHT && ! GRIP_MOVE && (ev ->y > 50 - BORDER || ev ->y < BORDER) )
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_parent_window() ->set_cursor( *cursor_normal ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Base::Draw_Partition( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
UNUSED = X_END - X_START - BORDER * 2 - USED ;
|
||||||
|
if ( UNUSED < 0 )
|
||||||
|
UNUSED = 0 ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->clear () ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//the two rectangles on each side of the partition
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_arrow_rectangle );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, true, 0,0,10,50 );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, true, 526,0,10,50 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//partition
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_partition );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, true, X_START,0,X_END - X_START,50 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//used
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_used );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, true, X_START + BORDER, BORDER, USED ,34 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//unused
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_unused );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, true, X_START + BORDER +USED, BORDER, UNUSED,34 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//resize grips
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fixed_start )
|
||||||
|
Draw_Resize_Grip( ARROW_LEFT ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Draw_Resize_Grip( ARROW_RIGHT ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Base::Draw_Resize_Grip( ArrowType arrow_type )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( arrow_type == ARROW_LEFT )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
arrow_points[0] .set_x( X_START) ;
|
||||||
|
arrow_points[1] .set_x( X_START -10) ;
|
||||||
|
arrow_points[2] .set_x( X_START) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
arrow_points[0] .set_x( X_END) ;
|
||||||
|
arrow_points[1] .set_x( X_END +10) ;
|
||||||
|
arrow_points[2] .set_x( X_END) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//attach resize arrows to the partition
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_arrow_rectangle );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( arrow_type == ARROW_LEFT )
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, false, X_START -10 , 5, 9 , 40 );
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, false, X_END +1, 5, 9 , 40 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_arrow );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_polygon( gc , true, arrow_points );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frame_Resizer_Base::~Frame_Resizer_Base()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_used, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_unused, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_arrow, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_background, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_partition, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_arrow_rectangle, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( cursor_resize )
|
||||||
|
delete cursor_resize ;
|
||||||
|
if ( cursor_normal )
|
||||||
|
delete cursor_normal ;
|
||||||
|
if ( cursor_move )
|
||||||
|
delete cursor_move ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Frame_Resizer_Extended.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frame_Resizer_Extended::Frame_Resizer_Extended( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool Frame_Resizer_Extended::drawingarea_on_mouse_motion( GdkEventMotion *ev )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( ! GRIP_LEFT && ! GRIP_RIGHT ) //no need to check this while resizing
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//check if pointer is over a gripper
|
||||||
|
if ( ! fixed_start && ev ->x >= X_START -10 && ev ->x <= X_START && ev ->y >= 5 && ev ->y <= 45 ) //left grip
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_parent_window() ->set_cursor( *cursor_resize ) ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( ev ->x >= X_END && ev ->x <= X_END + 10 && ev ->y >= 5 && ev ->y <= 45 ) //right grip
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_parent_window() ->set_cursor( *cursor_resize ) ;
|
||||||
|
else //normal pointer
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_parent_window() ->set_cursor( *cursor_normal ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( GRIP_LEFT || GRIP_RIGHT )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( GRIP_LEFT && ev ->x >= 10 && ev ->x <= 510 && ev->x <= X_END - BORDER *2 && ( ev ->x <= USED_START || USED == 0 ) )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
X_START =(int) ev -> x ;
|
||||||
|
signal_resize.emit( X_START -10, X_END -26, ARROW_LEFT) ; //-10/-26 to get the real value ( this way gripper calculations are invisible outside this class )
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
else if ( GRIP_RIGHT && ev ->x <= 526 && ev->x >= X_START + BORDER *2 && ev ->x >= USED_START + USED + BORDER *2 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
X_END = (int) ev ->x ;
|
||||||
|
signal_resize.emit( X_START -10, X_END -26, ARROW_RIGHT) ; //-10/-26 to get the real value ( this way gripper calculations are invisible outside this class )
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Draw_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
return true ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Frame_Resizer_Extended::Draw_Partition()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->clear () ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//the two rectangles on each side of the partition
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_arrow_rectangle );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, true, 0,0,10,50 );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, true, 526,0,10,50 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//used
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_used );
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, true, USED_START + BORDER, BORDER, USED ,34 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//partition
|
||||||
|
gc ->set_foreground( color_partition );
|
||||||
|
for( short t=0; t<9 ;t++ )
|
||||||
|
drawingarea .get_window() ->draw_rectangle( gc, false, X_START +t,t,X_END - X_START -t*2,50 - t*2 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//resize grips
|
||||||
|
Draw_Resize_Grip( ARROW_LEFT ) ;
|
||||||
|
Draw_Resize_Grip( ARROW_RIGHT ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||||
|
INCLUDES =\
|
||||||
|
$(GTKMM_CFLAGS)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AM_CFLAGS =\
|
||||||
|
-Wall\
|
||||||
|
-g
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
AM_CXXFLAGS =\
|
||||||
|
-Wall\
|
||||||
|
-g
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
sbin_PROGRAMS = gparted
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
gparted_SOURCES = \
|
||||||
|
main.cc\
|
||||||
|
Win_GParted.cc\
|
||||||
|
TreeView_Detail.cc\
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_Copy.cc\
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_Info.cc\
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_New.cc\
|
||||||
|
Operation.cc\
|
||||||
|
Partition.cc\
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Progress.cc\
|
||||||
|
Device.cc\
|
||||||
|
VBox_VisualDisk.cc\
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Partition_Resize_Move.cc\
|
||||||
|
Dialog_About.cc\
|
||||||
|
Frame_Resizer_Base.cc\
|
||||||
|
Frame_Resizer_Extended.cc\
|
||||||
|
Dialog_Base_Partition.cc
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
gparted_LDFLAGS = -lparted -lgthread-2.0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
gparted_LDADD = \
|
||||||
|
$(GTKMM_LIBS)
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Operation.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Operation::Operation( Device *device, Device *source_device, const Partition & partition_original , const Partition & partition_new , OperationType operationtype)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this->device = device;
|
||||||
|
this->device_path = device ->Get_Path() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//this is only used when operationtype == COPY
|
||||||
|
this->source_device = source_device;
|
||||||
|
this->source_device_path = source_device ->Get_Path() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this->partition_original = partition_original;
|
||||||
|
this->partition_new = partition_new;
|
||||||
|
this->operationtype = operationtype;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Operation::Get_String()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
std::ostringstream os;
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring temp ;
|
||||||
|
Sector diff ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
switch ( operationtype )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case DELETE :
|
||||||
|
if (partition_original.type == GParted::LOGICAL)
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Delete /dev/hda2 (ntfs, 2345 MB) from /dev/hda */
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("Delete %s (%s, %ld MB) from %s"), "Logical Partition", partition_original.filesystem.c_str(), partition_original .Get_Length_MB(), device ->Get_Path().c_str() ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("Delete %s (%s, %ld MB) from %s"), partition_original.partition .c_str(), partition_original.filesystem.c_str(), partition_original .Get_Length_MB(), device ->Get_Path().c_str() ) ;
|
||||||
|
os << c_buf ;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case CREATE : switch( partition_new.type )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case GParted::PRIMARY : temp = "Primary"; break;
|
||||||
|
case GParted::LOGICAL : temp = "Logical"; break;
|
||||||
|
case GParted::EXTENDED : temp = "Extended"; break;
|
||||||
|
default : break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
/*TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Create Logical Partition #1 (ntfs, 2345 MB) on /dev/hda */
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("Create %s Partition #%d (%s, %ld MB) on %s"), temp .c_str(), partition_new.partition_number, partition_new.filesystem .c_str() , partition_new .Get_Length_MB(), device ->Get_Path() .c_str() ) ;
|
||||||
|
os << c_buf ;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case RESIZE_MOVE : //if startsector has changed >= 1 MB we consider it a move
|
||||||
|
diff = Abs( partition_new .sector_start - partition_original .sector_start ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( diff >= MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( partition_new .sector_start > partition_original .sector_start )
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("Move %s up by %ld MB "), partition_new.partition .c_str(), Sector_To_MB( diff ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("Move %s down by %ld MB "), partition_new.partition .c_str(), Sector_To_MB( diff ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
os << c_buf ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//check if size has changed ( we only consider changes >= 1 MB )
|
||||||
|
diff = Abs( (partition_original .sector_end - partition_original .sector_start) - (partition_new .sector_end - partition_new .sector_start) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( diff >= MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( os.str() == "" )
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("Resize %s from %ld MB to %ld MB"), partition_new.partition .c_str(), partition_original .Get_Length_MB(), partition_new .Get_Length_MB() ) ;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("and Resize from %ld MB to %ld MB"), partition_original .Get_Length_MB(), partition_new .Get_Length_MB() ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
os << c_buf ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
if ( os.str() == "" )
|
||||||
|
os << _("Sorry, changes are too small to make sense");
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case CONVERT : /*TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Convert /dev/hda4 from ntfs to linux-swap */
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("Convert %s from %s to %s"), partition_original .partition .c_str(), partition_original .filesystem .c_str() , partition_new .filesystem .c_str() ) ;
|
||||||
|
os << c_buf ;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case COPY : /*TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Copy /dev/hda4 from /dev/hda to /dev/hdd (start at 2500 MB) */
|
||||||
|
sprintf( c_buf, _("Copy %s to %s (start at %ld MB)"), partition_new .partition .c_str(), device ->Get_Path() .c_str(), Sector_To_MB( partition_new .sector_start ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
os << c_buf ;
|
||||||
|
break ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return os.str();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Operation::Apply_Operation_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
switch ( operationtype )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case DELETE : return Apply_Delete_To_Visual( partitions );
|
||||||
|
case CREATE : return Apply_Create_To_Visual( partitions );
|
||||||
|
case RESIZE_MOVE : return Apply_Resize_Move_To_Visual( partitions );
|
||||||
|
case CONVERT : return Apply_Convert_To_Visual( partitions ) ;
|
||||||
|
case COPY : return Apply_Create_To_Visual( partitions );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return partitions;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Operation::Apply_To_Disk( PedTimer * timer )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring buf;
|
||||||
|
bool result; //for some weird reason it won't work otherwise .. ( this one really beats me :-S )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
switch ( operationtype )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
case DELETE : result = device ->Delete_Partition( partition_original ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( ! result )
|
||||||
|
Show_Error( (Glib::ustring) _("Error while deleting") + " " + partition_original.partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case CREATE : result = device ->Create_Partition_With_Filesystem( partition_new, timer ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( ! result )
|
||||||
|
Show_Error( (Glib::ustring) _("Error while creating") + " " + partition_new.partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case RESIZE_MOVE : result = device ->Move_Resize_Partition( partition_original, partition_new, timer ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( ! result )
|
||||||
|
Show_Error( (Glib::ustring) _("Error while resizing/moving") + " " + partition_new.partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case CONVERT : result = device ->Set_Partition_Filesystem( partition_new, timer ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( ! result )
|
||||||
|
Show_Error( (Glib::ustring) _("Error while converting filesystem of") + " " + partition_new.partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
case COPY : result = device ->Copy_Partition( source_device, partition_new, timer ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( ! result )
|
||||||
|
Show_Error( (Glib::ustring) _("Error while copying") + " " + partition_new .partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Operation::Apply_Delete_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
unsigned int t ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for ( t=0;t<partitions.size();t++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//since extended can only be deleted if there are no logicals left, we know for sure the next element in partitions is unallocated space
|
||||||
|
//we simply remove the extended one and set the inside_extended flag from the unallocated space to false
|
||||||
|
if (this ->partition_original.type == GParted::EXTENDED && partitions[t].type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partitions[t+1].inside_extended = false;
|
||||||
|
partitions.erase( partitions.begin() + t );
|
||||||
|
break;//we're done here ;-)
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
else if ( partitions[t].sector_start == this-> partition_original.sector_start )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partitions[t].Set_Unallocated( partition_original.sector_start , partition_original.sector_end, partition_original.inside_extended );
|
||||||
|
break;//we're done here ;-)
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//if deleted partition was logical we have to decrease the partitionnumbers of the logicals with higher numbers by one (only if its a real partition)
|
||||||
|
if ( partition_original.type == GParted::LOGICAL && partition_original.partition.substr( 0, 3 ) != "New" )
|
||||||
|
for ( t=0;t<partitions.size() ;t++)
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[t].type == GParted::LOGICAL && partitions[t].partition_number > partition_original.partition_number )
|
||||||
|
partitions[t].Update_Number( partitions[t].partition_number -1 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//now we merge separate unallocated spaces next to each other together FIXME: more performance if we only check t -1 and t +1
|
||||||
|
for ( t=0;t<partitions.size() -1;t++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[t].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED && partitions[t +1].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED && partitions[t].inside_extended == partitions[t +1].inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partitions[t].sector_end = partitions[t+1].sector_end;
|
||||||
|
partitions.erase( partitions.begin() + t + 1 );
|
||||||
|
t--;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return partitions;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Operation::Apply_Create_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Partition partition_temp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//find the original partition and replace it with the new one (original "partition" is unallocated space of course)
|
||||||
|
unsigned int t;
|
||||||
|
for ( t=0;t<partitions.size() ;t++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//since the stored partition_original might have been changed (e.g. deletion of virtual partition) we look for the partition which contains the
|
||||||
|
//startsector of te new one and set this partition as the original one.
|
||||||
|
if ( partition_new.sector_start >= partitions[t].sector_start && partition_new.sector_start <= partitions[t].sector_end && partitions[t].type != GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_original = partitions[t] ;
|
||||||
|
partitions.erase( partitions.begin() + t );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t, partition_new );
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//check borders and create new elements if necessary
|
||||||
|
//BEFORE new partition
|
||||||
|
if ( (partition_new.sector_start - partition_original.sector_start) >= MEGABYTE ) //at least 1 MB between begin new partition and begin original one
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( partition_original.sector_start, partition_new.sector_start -1 , partition_new.inside_extended );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t, partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
t++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//AFTER new partition
|
||||||
|
if ( ( partition_original.sector_end - partition_new.sector_end) >= MEGABYTE ) //at least 1 MB between end new partition and end original one
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( partition_new.sector_end +1, partition_original.sector_end ,partition_new.inside_extended );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t +1, partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//if new created partition is an extended partition, we need to add unallocated space of the same size to the list
|
||||||
|
if ( partition_new.type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( partition_new.sector_start, partition_new.sector_end , true );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t +1, partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set proper name for partition if COPY
|
||||||
|
if ( operationtype == GParted::COPY )
|
||||||
|
partitions[ t ] .partition = "copy from " + partitions[ t ] .partition ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return partitions;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Operation::Apply_Resize_Move_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//extended handling is so different i decided to take it apart from normal handling
|
||||||
|
if ( partition_original.type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
return Apply_Resize_Move_Extended_To_Visual( partitions ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//normal partitions ( Primary and Logical )
|
||||||
|
Partition partition_temp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
unsigned int t;
|
||||||
|
for ( t=0;t<partitions.size() ;t++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//since the stored partition_original might have been changed (e.g. deletion of virtual partition) we look for the partition which contains the
|
||||||
|
//startsector of the original one
|
||||||
|
if ( partition_original.sector_start >= partitions[t].sector_start && partition_original.sector_start <= partitions[t].sector_end && partitions[t].type != GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_original = partitions[t] ;
|
||||||
|
partitions[t].sector_start = partition_new.sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
partitions[t].sector_end = partition_new.sector_end ;
|
||||||
|
partitions[t].sectors_unused = partition_new.sectors_unused ;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//determine correct perimeters of moving/resizing space
|
||||||
|
Sector START = partition_original.sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
Sector END = partition_original.sector_end ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//now we have the index of the original partition we can remove the surrounding partitions ( if UNALLOCATED and inside_extended is the same )
|
||||||
|
if ( t > 0 && partitions[t -1].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED && partitions[t -1].inside_extended == partition_new.inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
START = partitions[t -1] .sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
partitions.erase( partitions.begin() + t -1 );
|
||||||
|
t-- ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( t +1 < partitions.size() && partitions[t +1].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED && partitions[t +1].inside_extended == partition_new.inside_extended)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
END = partitions[t +1] .sector_end ;
|
||||||
|
partitions.erase( partitions.begin() + t +1 );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//now look for unallocated space > 1 MB and add to the list
|
||||||
|
if ( (partition_new.sector_start - START) >= MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( START, partition_new.sector_start -1 , partition_new.inside_extended );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t , partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
t++;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( (END - partition_new.sector_end) >= MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( partition_new.sector_end +1, END , partition_new.inside_extended );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t +1, partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return partitions;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Operation::Apply_Resize_Move_Extended_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions )
|
||||||
|
{//WOW! look at this crap! there has to be an easier way to accomplish the same. When it's a bit cooler ( its over 30 C here ) i'll look into it :^)
|
||||||
|
unsigned int t;
|
||||||
|
Partition partition_temp;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//look for index of partition
|
||||||
|
for ( t=0;t<partitions.size() ;t++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[t].type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_original = partitions[t] ;
|
||||||
|
partitions[t].sector_start = partition_new.sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
partitions[t].sector_end = partition_new.sector_end ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//now check t -1
|
||||||
|
//remove if unallocated
|
||||||
|
if ( t > 0 && partitions[ t -1 ].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partitions.erase( partitions.begin() + t -1 );
|
||||||
|
t-- ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//make spaces >= 1 MB unallocated
|
||||||
|
if ( t > 0 && ( partitions[ t ] .sector_start - partitions[ t -1 ] .sector_end ) >= MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( partitions[ t -1 ] .sector_end +1, partitions[ t ] .sector_start -1 ,false );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t , partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
t++ ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else if ( t == 0 && partitions[ t ] .sector_start >= MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( 0, partitions[ t ] .sector_start -1 ,false );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t , partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
t++ ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//now check t +1
|
||||||
|
if ( t +1 < partitions.size() && partitions[ t +1 ].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED )
|
||||||
|
partitions.erase( partitions.begin() + t +1 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//make spaces >= 1 MB unallocated
|
||||||
|
if ( t+1 < partitions.size() && partitions[ t +1 ].inside_extended && (partitions[ t +1 ] .sector_start - partitions[ t ] .sector_start) >= MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( partitions[ t ] .sector_start, partitions[ t +1 ] .sector_start -1 , true );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t +1 , partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//nothing inside extended, so we can add an unallocated with the size of extended( which is always >= 1 MB )
|
||||||
|
else if ( t +1 >= partitions.size() || ! partitions[ t +1 ].inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( partitions[ t ] .sector_start, partitions[ t ] .sector_end , true );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t +1 , partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
// now we look to the other side of the extended partition..
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//find index of last partition that is still inside extended
|
||||||
|
t++ ; //set index to first logical
|
||||||
|
while ( t +1 < partitions.size() && partitions[ t +1 ].inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
t++ ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//if this is unallocated space we remove it
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[ t ].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED && partitions[ t -1 ].type != GParted::EXTENDED ) //in case there is only unallocated inside extended
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partitions.erase( partitions.begin() + t );
|
||||||
|
t-- ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//decide if we have to insert new unallocated space
|
||||||
|
if ( (partition_new .sector_end - partitions[ t ] .sector_end) >= MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( partitions[ t ] .sector_end +1, partition_new .sector_end , true );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t +1 , partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
t++ ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//and the last step ( pfieuw ;) ) checks on first partition outside extended
|
||||||
|
if ( t +1 < partitions.size() && partitions[ t +1 ].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED )
|
||||||
|
partitions.erase( partitions.begin() + t +1 );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( t +1 < partitions.size() && (partitions[ t +1 ] .sector_start - partition_new.sector_end) >= MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( partition_new .sector_end +1, partitions[ t +1 ] .sector_start -1 , false );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t +1 , partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//nothing after extended
|
||||||
|
else if ( t +1 >= partitions.size() && ( device ->Get_Length() - partition_new .sector_end) >= MEGABYTE )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partition_temp.Set_Unallocated( partition_new .sector_end +1, device ->Get_Length() -1 , false );
|
||||||
|
partitions.insert( partitions.begin() + t +1 , partition_temp );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return partitions ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Partition> Operation::Apply_Convert_To_Visual( std::vector<Partition> & partitions )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
for ( unsigned int t=0;t<partitions.size() ;t++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//since the stored partition_original might have been changed (e.g. deletion of virtual partition) we look for the partition which contains the
|
||||||
|
//startsector of the original one
|
||||||
|
if ( partition_original.sector_start >= partitions[t].sector_start && partition_original.sector_start <= partitions[t].sector_end && partitions[t].type != GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
partitions[ t ] = partition_new ;
|
||||||
|
break;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return partitions;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Operation::Show_Error( const Glib::ustring & message )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Gtk::MessageDialog dialog( "<span weight=\"bold\" size=\"larger\">" + message + "</span>\n\n" + _( "Be aware that the failure to apply this operation could affect other operations on the list." ) ,true, Gtk::MESSAGE_ERROR, Gtk::BUTTONS_OK, true);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
gdk_threads_enter();
|
||||||
|
dialog .run();
|
||||||
|
gdk_threads_leave();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Partition.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Partition::Partition( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->error = ""; //just to be sure...
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Partition::Set( const Glib::ustring & partition,
|
||||||
|
const int partition_number,
|
||||||
|
const PartitionType type,
|
||||||
|
const Glib::ustring & filesystem,
|
||||||
|
const Sector & sector_start,
|
||||||
|
const Sector & sector_end,
|
||||||
|
const Sector & sectors_used,
|
||||||
|
const bool inside_extended,
|
||||||
|
const bool busy )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this->partition = partition;
|
||||||
|
this->partition_number = partition_number;
|
||||||
|
this->type = type;
|
||||||
|
this->filesystem = filesystem;
|
||||||
|
this->sector_start = sector_start;
|
||||||
|
this->sector_end = sector_end;
|
||||||
|
this->sectors_used = sectors_used;
|
||||||
|
sectors_used != -1 ? this->sectors_unused = ( sector_end - sector_start) - sectors_used : this->sectors_unused = -1 ;
|
||||||
|
this->color.set( Get_Color( filesystem ) );
|
||||||
|
this->color_string = Get_Color( filesystem );
|
||||||
|
this->inside_extended = inside_extended;
|
||||||
|
this->busy = busy;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Partition::Set_Unallocated( Sector sector_start, Sector sector_end, bool inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->Set( "Unallocated", -1, GParted::UNALLOCATED, "unallocated", sector_start, sector_end , -1, inside_extended, false);
|
||||||
|
this ->error = "" ;this ->flags = "" ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Glib::ustring Partition::Get_Color( const Glib::ustring & filesystem )
|
||||||
|
{ // very ugly, but somehow i can't figure out a more efficient way. must be lack of sleep or so... :-)
|
||||||
|
//purple teints
|
||||||
|
if ( filesystem == "ext2" ) return "purple" ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "ext3" ) return "#C994EB";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//brown
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "linux-swap" ) return "brown" ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//greenisch stuff..
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "fat16" ) return "green" ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "fat32" ) return "#18D918";
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "ntfs" ) return "#42E5AC";
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//blue
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "reiserfs" ) return "blue" ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//libparted can only detect these, i decided to "yellow them" :^)
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "HFS" ) return "yellow" ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "JFS" ) return "yellow" ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "UFS" ) return "yellow" ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "XFS" ) return "yellow" ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//darkgrey and ligthblue
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "unallocated" ) return "darkgrey" ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( filesystem == "extended" ) return "#7DFCFE" ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//unknown filesystem ( damaged, or simply unknown )
|
||||||
|
else return "black";
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void Partition::Update_Number( int new_number )
|
||||||
|
{ //of course this fails when we have devicenames with numbers over 99
|
||||||
|
partition_number >= 10 ? partition = partition.substr( 0, partition.length() - 2 ) : partition = partition.substr( 0, partition.length() - 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partition_number = new_number;
|
||||||
|
std::ostringstream os;
|
||||||
|
os << new_number;
|
||||||
|
partition += os.str();
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
long Partition::Get_Length_MB( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return Sector_To_MB( this ->sector_end - this ->sector_start) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
long Partition::Get_Used_MB( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return Sector_To_MB( this ->sectors_used) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
long Partition::Get_Unused_MB( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
return Get_Length_MB( ) - Get_Used_MB( ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Partition::~Partition( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/TreeView_Detail.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
TreeView_Detail::TreeView_Detail( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//set locale for this stream to standard. this prevent weird locals from f*ucking up my conversions :^)
|
||||||
|
os.imbue(std::locale(""));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
treestore_detail = Gtk::TreeStore::create( treeview_detail_columns );
|
||||||
|
this->set_model( treestore_detail );
|
||||||
|
this->set_rules_hint(true);
|
||||||
|
this->treeselection = this->get_selection();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//append columns
|
||||||
|
this->append_column( _("Partition"), treeview_detail_columns.partition );
|
||||||
|
this->append_column( _("Type"), treeview_detail_columns.type );
|
||||||
|
this->append_column( (Glib::ustring) _("Size") + "(MB)", treeview_detail_columns.size );
|
||||||
|
this->append_column( (Glib::ustring) _("Used") + "(MB)", treeview_detail_columns.used );
|
||||||
|
this->append_column( (Glib::ustring) _("Unused") + "(MB)", treeview_detail_columns.unused );
|
||||||
|
this->append_column( _("Flags"), treeview_detail_columns.flags );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//status_icon
|
||||||
|
this->get_column( 0 ) ->pack_start( treeview_detail_columns.status_icon,false );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//colored text in Partition column (used for darkgrey unallocated)
|
||||||
|
Gtk::CellRendererText *cell_renderer_text = dynamic_cast<Gtk::CellRendererText*>( this->get_column( 0 ) ->get_first_cell_renderer() );
|
||||||
|
this->get_column( 0 ) ->add_attribute(cell_renderer_text->property_foreground(), treeview_detail_columns.text_color);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//colored text in Type column
|
||||||
|
cell_renderer_text = dynamic_cast<Gtk::CellRendererText*>( this->get_column( 1 ) ->get_first_cell_renderer() );
|
||||||
|
this->get_column( 1 ) ->add_attribute(cell_renderer_text->property_foreground(), treeview_detail_columns.color);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set alignment of numeric columns to right
|
||||||
|
for( short t=2;t<5;t++)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
cell_renderer_text = dynamic_cast<Gtk::CellRendererText*>( this->get_column( t ) ->get_first_cell_renderer() );
|
||||||
|
cell_renderer_text->property_xalign () = 1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void TreeView_Detail::Load_Partitions( std::vector<Partition> & partitions )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
treestore_detail ->clear() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for ( unsigned int i=0;i<partitions.size();i++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( ! partitions[ i ] .inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
row = *(treestore_detail->append());
|
||||||
|
Create_Row( row, partitions[i] );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
else if ( partitions[ i ] .inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
childrow = *(treestore_detail->append( row.children() ));
|
||||||
|
Create_Row( childrow, partitions[i] );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//show logical partitions ( if any )
|
||||||
|
this->expand_all();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void TreeView_Detail::Set_Selected( const Partition & partition )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//look for appropiate row
|
||||||
|
for(iter = treestore_detail->children().begin();iter!=treestore_detail->children().end();iter++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
row = *iter;
|
||||||
|
partition_temp = row[treeview_detail_columns.partition_struct] ;
|
||||||
|
//primary's
|
||||||
|
if ( partition .sector_start >= partition_temp .sector_start && partition .sector_end <=partition_temp .sector_end && partition.inside_extended == partition_temp.inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
{ this->set_cursor( (Gtk::TreePath) row); return; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//logicals
|
||||||
|
if ( row.children().size() > 0 ) //this is the row with the extended partition, search it's childrows...
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
for(iter_child = row.children().begin();iter_child != row.children().end();iter_child++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
childrow = *iter_child;
|
||||||
|
partition_temp = childrow[treeview_detail_columns.partition_struct] ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( partition .sector_start >= partition_temp .sector_start && partition .sector_end <= partition_temp.sector_end )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this->expand_all();
|
||||||
|
this->set_cursor( (Gtk::TreePath) childrow);
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void TreeView_Detail::Create_Row( const Gtk::TreeRow & treerow, Partition & partition )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//hereby i assume these 2 are mutual exclusive. is this wise?? Time (and bugreports) will tell :)
|
||||||
|
if ( partition.busy )
|
||||||
|
treerow[treeview_detail_columns.status_icon] = render_icon(Gtk::Stock::DIALOG_AUTHENTICATION, Gtk::ICON_SIZE_BUTTON);
|
||||||
|
else if ( partition.filesystem == "unknown" || partition .error != "" )
|
||||||
|
treerow[treeview_detail_columns.status_icon] = render_icon(Gtk::Stock::DIALOG_WARNING, Gtk::ICON_SIZE_BUTTON);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
treerow[treeview_detail_columns.partition] = partition.partition;
|
||||||
|
treerow[treeview_detail_columns.color] = partition.color_string;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partition .type == GParted::UNALLOCATED ? treerow[treeview_detail_columns.text_color] = "darkgrey" : treerow[treeview_detail_columns.text_color] = "black" ;
|
||||||
|
treerow[treeview_detail_columns.type] = partition.filesystem;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
os << partition .Get_Length_MB() ;
|
||||||
|
treerow[treeview_detail_columns.size] = os.str() ; os.str("");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partition.sectors_used != -1 ? os << partition .Get_Used_MB() : os << "---" ;
|
||||||
|
treerow[treeview_detail_columns.used] = os.str() ; os.str("") ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partition.sectors_unused != -1 ? os << partition .Get_Unused_MB() : os << "---" ;
|
||||||
|
treerow[treeview_detail_columns.unused] = os.str() ; os.str("") ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
treerow[treeview_detail_columns.flags] = " " + partition .flags ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
treerow[treeview_detail_columns.partition_struct] = partition;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool TreeView_Detail::on_button_press_event(GdkEventButton* event)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//Call base class, to allow normal handling,
|
||||||
|
//such as allowing the row to be selected by the right-click:
|
||||||
|
bool return_value = TreeView::on_button_press_event(event);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
iter = treeselection->get_selected();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( *iter != 0 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
row = *iter;
|
||||||
|
signal_mouse_click.emit( event, row[treeview_detail_columns.partition_struct] );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return return_value;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/VBox_VisualDisk.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
namespace GParted
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VBox_VisualDisk::VBox_VisualDisk( const std::vector<Partition> & partitions, const Sector device_length)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->partitions = partitions ;
|
||||||
|
this ->device_length = device_length ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
selected_partition = -1;
|
||||||
|
//set locale for this stream to standard. this prevent weird locals from f*cking up my conversions :^)
|
||||||
|
os.imbue(std::locale(""));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//create frame which contains the visual disk
|
||||||
|
frame_disk_legend = manage( new Gtk::Frame() ) ;
|
||||||
|
frame_disk_legend ->set_shadow_type(Gtk::SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT);
|
||||||
|
frame_disk_legend ->set_border_width( 5 );
|
||||||
|
hbox_disk_main.pack_start( *frame_disk_legend, Gtk::PACK_EXPAND_PADDING );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
hbox_disk = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_extended = NULL ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
this->set_border_width( 10 );
|
||||||
|
this->set_spacing( 8 );
|
||||||
|
this->pack_start( hbox_disk_main, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//set and allocated some standard colors
|
||||||
|
color_used.set( "#F8F8BA" ); this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_used ) ;//bleach yellow ;)
|
||||||
|
color_unused.set( "white" ); this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_unused ) ;
|
||||||
|
color_text.set( "black" ); this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color( color_text ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//since disksegments have minimal sizes ( unallocated 15 and partitions 20 pixels ) i do some checking to prevent the visual disk from growing to much
|
||||||
|
Sector sectors_per_pixel = Round( (double) device_length / 750 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
double width, extra_pixels = 0 ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for ( unsigned int t=0; t<partitions.size() ; t++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
width = (double) (partitions[ t ].sector_end - partitions[ t ].sector_start) / sectors_per_pixel ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( (partitions[ t ] .type == GParted::PRIMARY || partitions[ t ] .type == GParted::LOGICAL) && width < 20 )
|
||||||
|
extra_pixels += (20 - width) ;
|
||||||
|
else if ( partitions[ t ] .type == GParted::UNALLOCATED && width < 15 )
|
||||||
|
extra_pixels += (15 - width) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//draw visual disk and its legend
|
||||||
|
Build_Visual_Disk( 750 - Round( extra_pixels ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Build_Legend( ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void VBox_VisualDisk::Build_Visual_Disk( int SCREEN_WIDTH )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//since there is a 5 pixel space between every partition.... ( extended adds 2 *5 more, but that doesn't matter that much.
|
||||||
|
//NOTE that a part < 20 will also grow to 20, so length in pixels may vary across different devices..
|
||||||
|
SCREEN_WIDTH -= ( (partitions.size() -1) *5 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//create hbox_disk and add to frame
|
||||||
|
hbox_disk = manage( new Gtk::HBox() ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_disk ->set_spacing( 5 );
|
||||||
|
frame_disk_legend ->add ( *hbox_disk );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//walk through all partitions....
|
||||||
|
int x,y;//for pango_layout check
|
||||||
|
for ( unsigned int i=0;i<partitions.size();i++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
visual_partition = new Visual_Partition() ;
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.push_back( visual_partition ) ;
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->index = i ;
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->sector_start = partitions[i].sector_start ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[i].type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->drawingarea = NULL ;//it's just a dummy ;-) ( see Set_Selected() )
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->length = 0 ; //keeps total_length clean
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
eventbox_extended = manage( new Gtk::EventBox() ) ;
|
||||||
|
eventbox_extended ->set_size_request( -1 , 60 );
|
||||||
|
eventbox_extended ->modify_bg( eventbox_extended ->get_state(), partitions[i].color );
|
||||||
|
hbox_disk ->pack_start( *eventbox_extended, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
hbox_extended = manage( new Gtk::HBox() ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_extended ->set_border_width( 5 );
|
||||||
|
hbox_extended ->set_spacing( 5 );
|
||||||
|
eventbox_extended ->add( *hbox_extended ) ;
|
||||||
|
continue;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->length = (int) (SCREEN_WIDTH / (double) ( device_length / (double) ( partitions[i].sector_end - partitions[i].sector_start) ) );
|
||||||
|
if ( visual_partitions.back() ->length < 20 )//we need a min. size. Otherwise some small partitions wouldn't be visible
|
||||||
|
partitions[i].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED ? visual_partitions.back() ->length = 15 : visual_partitions.back() ->length = 20 ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[i].inside_extended )
|
||||||
|
{ visual_partitions.back() ->height = 34 ; visual_partitions.back() ->text_y = 10 ; }
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
{ visual_partitions.back() ->height = 44 ;visual_partitions.back() ->text_y = 15 ; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[i].type == GParted::UNALLOCATED )
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->used = -1;
|
||||||
|
else
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->used = (int) ( (visual_partitions.back() ->length - (BORDER *2)) / (double) ( ( partitions[i].sector_end - partitions[i].sector_start) / (double)partitions[i].sectors_used ) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->color_fs = partitions[i].color;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->alloc_color(visual_partitions.back() ->color_fs);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->drawingarea = manage( new Gtk::DrawingArea() ) ;
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->drawingarea ->set_size_request( visual_partitions.back() ->length+1 ,60 );
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->drawingarea ->set_events(Gdk::BUTTON_PRESS_MASK);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//connect signal handlers
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->drawingarea ->signal_button_press_event().connect( sigc::bind<Partition>(sigc::mem_fun(*this, &VBox_VisualDisk::on_drawingarea_button_press), partitions[i] ) );
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->drawingarea->signal_realize().connect( sigc::bind<Visual_Partition *>(sigc::mem_fun(*this, &VBox_VisualDisk::drawingarea_on_realize), visual_partitions.back() ) );
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->drawingarea ->signal_expose_event().connect( sigc::bind<Visual_Partition *>(sigc::mem_fun(*this, &VBox_VisualDisk::drawingarea_on_expose), visual_partitions.back() ));
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//create pangolayout and see if it fits in the visual partition
|
||||||
|
os << partitions[i].partition << "\n" << partitions[ i ] .Get_Length_MB() << " MB";
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->pango_layout = visual_partitions.back() ->drawingarea ->create_pango_layout ( os.str() ) ;os.str("");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->pango_layout ->get_pixel_size( x, y ) ;
|
||||||
|
if ( visual_partitions.back() ->length - BORDER * 2 -2 < x )
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.back() ->pango_layout ->set_text( "" ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//tooltip
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[i].type != GParted::UNALLOCATED )
|
||||||
|
os << partitions[i].filesystem << "\n" ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
os << partitions[ i ] .Get_Length_MB() ;
|
||||||
|
tooltips.set_tip( *(visual_partitions.back() ->drawingarea) ,partitions[i].partition + "\n" + os.str() + " MB" );os.str("");
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partitions[i].inside_extended ? hbox_extended ->pack_start( *(visual_partitions.back() ->drawingarea) , Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) : hbox_disk ->pack_start( *(visual_partitions.back() ->drawingarea) , Gtk::PACK_SHRINK ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
this ->show_all_children() ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void VBox_VisualDisk::Build_Legend( )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//add the hboxes and frame_legenda
|
||||||
|
frame_disk_legend = manage( new Gtk::Frame() ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_legend_main.pack_start( *frame_disk_legend, Gtk::PACK_EXPAND_PADDING );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
hbox_legend = manage( new Gtk::HBox() );
|
||||||
|
frame_disk_legend ->add( *hbox_legend ) ;
|
||||||
|
this->pack_start( hbox_legend_main );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
std::vector<Glib::ustring> legende;
|
||||||
|
bool legende_allow = true, only_unallocated = true;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
for ( unsigned int i=0;i<partitions.size();i++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[i].type != GParted::UNALLOCATED && partitions[i].type != GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
only_unallocated = false;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//check if filesystem is already in legende
|
||||||
|
for ( unsigned int t=0;t<legende.size();t++) //not very nice, but very effective :P
|
||||||
|
if ( partitions[i].filesystem == legende[t] )
|
||||||
|
{ legende_allow = false; break; }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( legende_allow )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Add_Legend_Item( partitions[ i ] .filesystem + " " , partitions[ i ] .color ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//make sure this color isn't added to the legende again.
|
||||||
|
legende.push_back( partitions[i].filesystem );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
legende_allow = true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//remove trailing whitespaces of last label_temp...
|
||||||
|
if ( label_temp )
|
||||||
|
label_temp ->set_text( label_temp ->get_text() .substr( 0, label_temp ->get_text() .length() -3) ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//if there are any partitions add used/unused
|
||||||
|
if ( ! only_unallocated )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
frame_disk_legend = manage( new Gtk::Frame() ) ;
|
||||||
|
hbox_legend_main.pack_start( *frame_disk_legend, Gtk::PACK_EXPAND_PADDING );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
hbox_legend = manage( new Gtk::HBox() );
|
||||||
|
frame_disk_legend ->add( *hbox_legend );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Add_Legend_Item( " " + (Glib::ustring) _( "used" ) + "\t", color_used ) ;
|
||||||
|
Add_Legend_Item( " " + (Glib::ustring) _( "unused") + " ", color_unused ) ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void VBox_VisualDisk::Add_Legend_Item( const Glib::ustring & filesystem, const Gdk::Color & color )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//the colored square
|
||||||
|
entry_temp = manage ( new Gtk::Entry() );
|
||||||
|
entry_temp->set_sensitive( false );
|
||||||
|
entry_temp->set_size_request( 15,15);
|
||||||
|
entry_temp->modify_base( entry_temp->get_state(), color );
|
||||||
|
hbox_legend ->pack_start( *entry_temp, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//and the label
|
||||||
|
label_temp = manage( new Gtk::Label( " " + filesystem ) );
|
||||||
|
hbox_legend ->pack_start( *label_temp, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void VBox_VisualDisk::Set_Selected( const Partition & partition )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//clean previously selected one
|
||||||
|
temp = selected_partition ;
|
||||||
|
selected_partition = -1;
|
||||||
|
if ( temp >= 0 ) //prevent segfault at firsttime selection
|
||||||
|
drawingarea_on_expose( NULL, visual_partitions[ temp ] ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( partition.type == GParted::EXTENDED )
|
||||||
|
return; //extended can not be selected in visualdisk (yet )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//now set new selected one
|
||||||
|
for ( unsigned int t=0;t< visual_partitions.size() ; t++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
if ( visual_partitions[t] ->sector_start == partition.sector_start && visual_partitions[t] ->drawingarea != NULL )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
selected_partition = t;
|
||||||
|
drawingarea_on_expose( NULL, visual_partitions[ t ] ) ;
|
||||||
|
return;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
void VBox_VisualDisk::drawingarea_on_realize( Visual_Partition* vp )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
vp ->gc = Gdk::GC::create( vp ->drawingarea ->get_window() );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vp ->drawingarea ->get_window() ->set_background( vp ->color_fs );
|
||||||
|
//eventmasks necessary for tooltips
|
||||||
|
vp ->drawingarea ->add_events(Gdk::ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK );
|
||||||
|
vp ->drawingarea ->add_events(Gdk::LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool VBox_VisualDisk::drawingarea_on_expose( GdkEventExpose * ev, Visual_Partition* vp )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
vp ->drawingarea ->get_window() ->clear() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
if ( vp ->used != -1 ) //if not unknown or unallocated
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
vp ->gc ->set_foreground( color_used );
|
||||||
|
vp ->drawingarea ->get_window() ->draw_rectangle( vp ->gc, true, BORDER,BORDER,vp ->used , vp ->height );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vp ->gc ->set_foreground( color_unused );
|
||||||
|
vp ->drawingarea ->get_window() ->draw_rectangle( vp ->gc, true, BORDER + vp ->used, BORDER, vp ->length - vp ->used - BORDER *2 , vp ->height );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
vp ->gc ->set_foreground( color_text );
|
||||||
|
vp ->drawingarea ->get_window() ->draw_layout( vp ->gc, BORDER +2, vp ->text_y, vp ->pango_layout ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//if partition is selected one..
|
||||||
|
if ( vp ->index == selected_partition )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
vp ->gc ->set_foreground( color_used );
|
||||||
|
vp ->drawingarea ->get_window() ->draw_rectangle( vp ->gc, false, 4,4,vp ->length-8, vp ->height +8 );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bool VBox_VisualDisk::on_drawingarea_button_press( GdkEventButton *event, const Partition & partition )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
signal_mouse_click.emit( event, partition );
|
||||||
|
return true;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
VBox_VisualDisk::~VBox_VisualDisk()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
for ( unsigned int t=0;t< visual_partitions.size() ; t++ )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( visual_partitions[t] ->color_fs , 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
delete visual_partitions[t] ;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
visual_partitions.clear() ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//free the allocated colors
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_used, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_unused, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
this ->get_colormap() ->free_colors( color_text, 1 ) ;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
} //GParted
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
|
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||||
|
/* Copyright (C) 2004 Bart
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||||
|
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||||
|
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||||
|
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||||
|
* GNU Library General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||||
|
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||||
|
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include "../include/Win_GParted.h"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
//initialize thread system
|
||||||
|
Glib::thread_init();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Main kit(argc, argv);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
//check UID
|
||||||
|
if ( getuid() != 0 )
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
Gtk::MessageDialog dialog( "<span weight=\"bold\" size=\"larger\">" + (Glib::ustring) _( "Root privileges are required for running GParted" ) + "</span>\n\n" + (Glib::ustring) _( "Since GParted can be a weapon of mass destruction only root may run it.") ,true, Gtk::MESSAGE_ERROR, Gtk::BUTTONS_OK, true);
|
||||||
|
dialog.run();
|
||||||
|
exit( 0 );
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
GParted::Win_GParted win_gparted;
|
||||||
|
Gtk::Main::run( win_gparted );
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return 0;
|
||||||
|
}
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue